Westmost they found nothing on land but Cockle grasse he saith he found that before they came to this place that he was kept in the Ship against Henry Greenes minde because he did not favour their proceeding better then he did for he drave him to take upon him to search for such things as himselfe had stolne and accused him of a matter no lesse then treason amongst themselves for that he had deceived the company of 30 bread cakes now they began to talk that England was no safe place for them and Henry Greene swore that the ship should not come in any place but keepe the Sea still untill he had the Kings hand and seale to show for his safety they had many devises but Henry Greene was their Captaine and so they called him from those Ilands he stood to the N. having the Easterne land in sight and raised these Ilands the Master had called Romnâ—ys Ilands between which Ilands and the shallow ground to the E. off them the Mr. stood downe into the first great bay this was going outward in the Masters time they kept the East side â—â—iâ—lâ—in sight and comming thwaâ—t of low land strooke once upon a Rock that lay under water but without any harme that they saw they continue their course and raise Lanâ— on head which stretâ—hed to the North there they said pâ—â—iâ—â—lâ— that Robert Bilot by his Northernâ— course had lâ—â—â— thâ—â—â—â—â—s to the South and that in time they must sâ—â—ke thâ—t way for reliefe having but small store left Buâ— Bilot would still follow the land to the North saying that â—â—â—â—â—pâ—d in good time to finde what would relieve us that way as soone as to the South This Writer faith that hee told them that this Land was the Maiâ—â— of Wostenholme Cape and that the shallow Rockey ground was the same that the Master ran down by when he went intâ— the great Bay Robert Iveâ— and all said it was not possible unlesse the Master had brought the Ship over land and willed them to looke into the Masters Card how well their course and it did agree they stood to the East and left the Maine land to the North by many small Ilands into a narrow gut betweene two Lands and anchored they went on the West side and found a great Horne and cockle grasse on the East side this Grasse was great reliefe to them for without it they could not have recovered the Capes for want of Victuall When they weighed Anchor theâ— doubled the Cape to the North which is high land even to the Capes which is North and South some 25. or 30. leagues then they stand to the North they saw of those Fowles which breed at the Capes and killed some at which time with great joy they raised the Capes and bearing for them came to the Ilands that lay in the mouth of the Streights but bearing in they ran upon a Rock and stood fast for 8. or 9. houres it was ebbe when they grounded but the next flood floated them off againe It was faire weather the ebbe came from the East and the flood from the West being afloate they stood to the Eastward and anchored This day he sent the Boat on land to kill Fowle they in the Ship had warning to stand as neere as they could but the winde being contrary they could not fetch the place where the Fowle breed but they found great store of Gulls upon the Cliffes but hard to come by but with their peeces they killed 30. and towards night returned on shipboard then they brought their Ship neerer the Mouth of the Streights and anchored in 18. Fathoin upon a Riffe or Shelfe but when they had wayed and stood to the place where the Fowle breed they were faine to stand to and againe in the Streights mouth under Sayle because they could not finde ground to Anchor in the water was so deepe The Boat went to Diggs Cape and made directly for the place where the Fowle breed where they see 7. Boats came about the Easterne point towards them but when the Salvages saw their Boat they draw their lesser Boats into their bigger and when they had done they came rowing to their Boat and made signes to the rest our men made ready for all essayes the Saluages came to them and they grew familiar one with another so as ours tooke one of theirs into their Boate and they tooke one of ours into theirs then they carried our Men to a Cove where their Tents stood to the Westward of the place where the Fowle breed so they carryed our Man into their Tents where he remained untill our men returned theirs In our Boat went their man to the place where the Fowle breed and wee being desirous to know how the Salvages killed their Fowle hee shewed them the manner how which was thus They tooke a long Pole with a snare at the end which they put about the Fowles neck and so pluck them downe When our men knew that we had a better way and so shewed the Salvages the use of our Peeces which at one shot would kill 7. or 8. To bee short they returned to the Cove to receive our man and to deliver heirs When they came they made great joy with dancing leaping and striking of their breasts they offered divers things to our Men but they onely tooke some Mores teeth which they gave them for a knife and two glasse Buttons so receiving our Man they came abroad rejoycing at this chance as if they had met with the most simple people of the World And Henry Greene more then the rest was so confident that by no meanes we should take care to stand upon our guarde God blinded him so that where he thought to receive great matters from this people he received more then hee looked for and that suddenly by being made an example for all men that make no conscience of doing evill and that wee take heed how wee trust the Salvage people how simple soever they seeme to be They made haste to be on shore and because the Ship rid farre off they weighed and stood as neere the place where the Fowle breed as they could and because he this Writer was lame he was to goe into Boat to carry such things as he had in the Cabbine of every thing some what And so with more hast then good speed and not without swearing away he went as Henry Greene William Wilson John Thomas Michael Pierce Andrew Motter and himselfe When they came neere the shore the people were on the hills dancing and leaping to the Cove we came where they had drawn up their Boats Wee brought our Boat to the East side of the Cove close to the Rocks on land they goe and make fast the Boat to a great stone on the shore the people came and every one had something in his hand to barter but Henry Greene swore that they should have nothing untill he had Veâ—ison
tides into them which Hedlands being found al I do assure my selfe that the tyde wil be found to come from the Westward Herein I have shewed my opinion so farre my Iudgement will afford untill further reasons induceth me to the contrary Per me Iosias Hubart From the Durses in Ireland being in 52. Lat. to Cape Farewell in Groenland Lat. 58 56. the course is W. N. W. W. terly and the distance is 460. Leagues The Southermost part of the Iland of Resolution is in Lat. 60. d. 34. m. From Cape Farewell to the Iland of Rosolution the course is W. and by N. and the distance is 208. Leagues Sir Dudley Diggs his Iland is in Lat. 62. D. 40. M. and is in distance from the I le of Resolution upon a W. and by N ⅓ Northerlyrose 180. Leagues The cheekeslye in 61. D. 17. M. Lat. from Sir Dudley Diggs his Iland thereto the course is W. and by S. and the distance is 190. Leagues Our wintering being in the Lat. of 56 d. 58. m. From the cheekes to our wintering place the course is S. and by W. ½ Westerly and the distance is 87. Leagues The 27. of November I made an observation of the Moone and the planet Mars and for that I stand in doubt for the houre to be axactly found out by any Diall Clock or other Instrument to hang a plannet to find when the foremost Guard was right under the Pole starre at which instant I found ♂ and ☽ to be one degree and 41. minutes asunder by which working I suppose or deeme it to bee as followeth this our wintring place 111. degrees and 15. of longitude from our Meridian of the Citie of London Per me Iosias Hubart In the name of God Amen Of the courses from the Misson head in Ireland being bound towards the Northwest passage Captain Thomas Button Gentleman being our Generall in the good ship called the Resolution John Ingram Captaine and Master of the Pinace called the Discoverie 1612. Inprimis from the Misson head in Ireland to Cape Discord in Groanland the course is N. W. by N. Northerly and the distance is 360. Leagues From the Missonhead to Cape Discord in Groynlaend the course is N. W. 67. W. Northerly by the compasse the Lat. 59. d. 20. ◠and the distance is 380. Leagues From the Missonhead to Cape Desolation is the course lyeth W. N. W. the distance 490. Leagues From the foreside of Cape Discord to Cape Farwel the course lyeth S. W. Southerly by compasse distance 58. Leagues From Cape Farwell to the Westerne part of this Head Land by Cape Desolation the course is W. N. W. halfe Northerly 100 Leagues distant and from this Head Landto Desolation is 10 Leagues distant in all from Farwell to Desolation the distance is 100. Leagues N. N. E. by compasse betweene Cape Farwell and the foresaid Head Land there set a very great current to the Westward From Cape Desolation to the I le of Resolution the course lyeth W. N. W. Westerly altitude 62. d. 30. m. and the distance 120. Leagues From Resolution to Salisbury I le W. by N. Altitude 63. d. 15. and from the Iland to Wostenholmes Cape the course lyeth W. S. W. Southerly 140. Leagues 12. Leagues And from this Cape to Diggs his Iland 3. Leagues From Resolution to Westenholmes Cape the course lyeth W. by N. Westerly and the distance is 153. Leagues From Resolution to Diggs his Ilands the course is W. by N. Northerly and the distance 156. Leagues Altitude 63. d. From Sir Dudley Diggs his Ilands to Nothinghams Iland N. by the compasse and the distance is 7. or 8. Leagues From Sir Dudley Diggs Iland to Swanns Iland W. by S. 40 Leagues From Diggs his Iland to Hopes Checkt the course is W. S. W. a little Welterly and the distance is 200. Leagues The Altitude is 60. d. 40. m. From Hopes Checkt to the Broken land when our Admirall received a great storme the course lyeth S. W. 49. Leagues Altitude 59. 49. Leagues From this broken Land to the head Northerland the course lyeth W. the distance is 8. Leagues The Headland is the entring into this Bay called New Wales From this Head land unto the Roade of the harbour the course lyeth South 42. Leagues and from Hopes checkt to this Roade the course lyeth N. E. and by N. 86. Leagues Hitherto the Lord of his mercy hath blessed preserved and kept us from all dangers whatsoever which wee beseech him to blesse us of his mercy and to send us well forth againe Amen Per me Edward Glanvile What I received from Sir Thomas Roe was an Abstract copy taken out of Sir Thomas Buttons owne Iournall being at his returne to this Hope 's Checkt and not before As from the beginning of his Voyage or his wintring I have nothing but by report and thus he proceeded from thence 15. This day being there he plyed up with contrary winds and fogg having diversity of depth altogether standing Eastwards of sometimes to 30. Faddome and more and standing in to 7. or 6 m. thus travercing and anckoring untill the 23. day finding the Tyde to come from N. E. by N. which is an especiall argument that the land doth lye so and not any thing else of note 23 Having thus plyed up to the N. E. wards untill this day and standing into the shore hee anckored for to try the tyde thinking to send his Boate on Land to see what Land it should be it bare on him from the N. E. by N. to the N. W. by N. and the depth 42. Fadome not above 4. ½ League from the Land this was the highest land hee had seene since hee came from Sir Dudley Diggs his Iland the last yeare this Land he named Hopes Advance 24. This morning proved thick easie winde and it fell to lighten and thunder so as hee held it not fit to adventure the Boat from the Ship 25. He stood of from midnight until this day 10. leagues N. E. by N. to anchor but he saith the winde was N. E. by N. the ground was more even in standing off and on then before he stood off 4. leagues more into 87. Fathom This evening at the Sunnes setting he took him with two severall Instruments and found him to goe downe 33. d. to the W. off North by one and by the other 30. d. they tooke the middest betwixt both 26 After midnight he stood in againe N. N. W. 5. leagues the wind came to the S. W. the weather faire and cleare and the best he had since he came from his wintering place about 9. this morning he sees land it bore on him from the N. E. by North to the N. W. by North about 8. or 9. leagues off at noone hee steered to the Easterne point to get hold thereof and had a good observation in 62. d. 42. m. and his depth 74. fathoms who will
beare up with the S. most part of the Land he saw to the intent to lend his Boate on Land for water and to try from whence the flood came at 1. in the afternoon he anchored in a Bay in 4. Fadome smooth groud but rockie for he could see it under him He sent his man well mand and armed who found water instantly they found not farre from them 2. old houses broken and fallen downe to the ground wherein were the skulls and bones of deadmen Images and toyes such as they found by digging with their hands under the ruines of the decayed houses with some dozen of small Mors teeth His opinion is that this were the ruines of some who by mischance had miscarried there by wrack of their Boate or being inforced to water there made their best provision they could to endure it but the extremity being so strong for them and the place neither affording meanes for them to repaire their Canooes the ruines whereof he found some for fuell for fire to comfort them in Winter hee gesses this killed them for had they beene any other then such as were thus enforced by such extremity they would not have left such things behind them as they found for there nature is wheresoever they come to have few things of worth or value behind them much lesse doth hee thinke they have left their Images which hee perveiveth they account their gods And there was Mors teeth for which and the treyne thereof they make all their Sommers travells and labours Thus his Boate having brought him water he ried all that day with wind of Land and observed that the flood came from N. and the ebbe from S. making a full stay that day betweene 3. and 4. a Clocke Having watered he weighed and steered untill 4. this morning N. W. by W. 7. Leagues the wind N. N. E. It grew thick with fogg at 4. in the Evening hee tackt about to the Eastward till 83. Leagues N. E. by E. the thick cause him to take to the W. ward and till Midnight he made way N. W. and by W. 3. Leagues From midnight untill morning 6. he stood in E. N. ½ northerly 4. Leagues he tackt about untill 10. a Clock 3. Leagues N. W. and by N. At which time hee came to an Anchor in 85. Fadome and found the tyde of Flood to come from the N. Land ebbe from the S. and ruld within 6. or 7. Leagues of shore it bearing N. E. and by E. This Evening 8. he stood with N. and by E. winde N. W. and by 44. Leagues untill midnight at noone before hee had an observation 62. d. 19. m. this day hee saw great store of geese fly to the Southwards which hee tooke to bee a token that the Winter did aproach the weather was very faire and cleere From midnight untill 7. this morning his way W. 5. Leagues N. W. and by W. the wind as before the weather faire and cleere and most likly to prove so to continue of any he had so seene since he came for his wintering From 7. this morning untill 2. in the afternoone hee stood to the E. ward and made way 4. Leagues N. E. and by E. From 2. the wind wearing he stood to the E. ward and made way untill midnight 7. Leagues N. W. From midnight untill morning hee held the same course 4. Leagues N. W. northerly it grew calme and he was within 5. Leagues of a faire Head land hee came to Anchor in 65. Fadome the Land bare from the N. N. W. to the W. S. W. both Lands hee deemed to bee distant 10. Leagues it being calme with windward Tyde hee wayed Anchor hoping to get to the Northward of this faire Head land and that the height of that Land would bring him into deeper water After he was loos'd he was sagged into the Bay from 62. to 50. fathome a small gale comming on hee stood off into 60. fathome when it fell calme he anchored againe this day was faire and cleere he obserued in 62. d. 38. m. This Cape was a very faire Head land and the northerne part is much higher then the westerne but it is all the other Land is of this straight except 15. leagues on this side his wintering place which was woody else on this side it is all barred and rockie but a bad shoare to saile along This forenoone calme but faire and cleere weather and the onely Somers day hee had since his comming from his wintering being at Anchor bewixt the Cape and the W. point he saw the Land to make with two Bayes the further point of the southerne Bay being from the northerne Land of that Bay W. and by S. southerly and the North point E. and by N. northerly And the other Bay from this point to the Cape it selfe lieth E. northerly and S. westerly at noone he observed in 62. d. 42. m. At 4. the afternoone he set sayle and with small winde at 5. he stood with the Cape the weather being cleere and faire hee sent to the Cape to turne the Tyde being thwart of the Cape the point is low with an underland and some 2. Cables length from shore ia a low flat little Iland the land you shall open to the Northward lieth N. W. Westerly hee boat or bore he edged of and anchored within one mile of the land having opened the land to the westward of the Cape he anchored 15. fathom and rid there all night to try the tyde for that his Boat had brought word that it was ebbe tyde and that it set to the Northward which did agree with the tyde he found on the Eastland where hee watered but from the time he now anchored being between 10. and 11. at night and 3. the next morning he set sayle hee could not finde any certainty but what followed This morning was calme but the night before was full of strange Harbours as they call them which is a streame in the Element like the flame that commeth forth the mouth of a a hot oven which upon this Coast how faire soever the weather bee when you see them yet it is an infallible signe of a storme to follow within 24. houres after as it proved by this and divers times before At 3. this morning without certenty of the Tyde a small gale S. he wayed and advised with Captaine Gibbins and Captaine Ingram and with the rest what course was best to bee taken they resolved this Land falling away N. W. and by W. westerly and having 113. Fadome within a Mile of the shore to stand away N. N. W. alougst the shore resolving not to leave this Land untill he were fully satisfied standing thus untill 8. at night being some 7. Leagues of the Cape he saw an Iland of the westermost Land that bore from him W. N. W. 7. or 8 Leagues off hee had then 100. Fathome and stood N. N. W. as before At
morning 4. all this day he past by many beds of Ice having great quantity to the N. of him and having run about 21. Leagues upon a true W. course 27. This 27. was close foggie weather with much snow freezing his shroude and tackling but at Clock 4. it cleared and he saw Land it being the I le Resolution bearing W. about 13. or 14. Leagues off he stands to to fro as Ice would suffer him when night came with W. wind he made fast to a peece of Ice 28. Faire weather all this day hee being fast to a peece of Ice with W. wind and hee could well perceive that hee â—et faster into the straights with the flood then the ebbe could take him back againe 29. This day the weather was faire and wind variable hee sets sayle and tacks to and fro along the Iland the nâ—xt morning 2. the wind came to S. S E. but he was so postured with Ice that with faire wind he could doe little good the wind continued a stiffe gaile all day and night for it was not darke and so was set within the point of the Iland so as now hee was within the straights This day was faire weather the wind N. W. hee saw Buttons Iles beare S. by compasse but S. S. E. with variation allowed which was 24. degrees some snow in the morning but very faire the afternoone the wind at W. N. W. hee perceiving the Ice to open close to the shore made way to get into anchor and by Clock 7. he was in good harbour on the W. side of Resolution where an E. S. E. Moone makes a full Sea or halke an hower past 7. On the change day the water doth rise and fall neere 4. Fathome the compasse doth vary 24. d. 6. m. and his Longitude from London 66. d. 35. m. the breadth of the S. channell is 16. Leagues and the breadth of the N. or Lumleys Julet is 8. Miles wide in the narrowest place He found here no signe of inhabitants but the tracte of Beares and Foxes Rocks and stony ground hardly any thing growing thereon it is indifferent high Land to the N. having one hill or summoke to the N. E. but to the South it falleth away very low This morning the wind came to the E. S. E. with much snow and foule weather at noone he wayed anchor and stood about by the Iland side as well as the Ice would give him leave to get to the N. shore with much variable wind and weather but stood fast in continuance amongst Ice untill the 8. day the wind fell contrary and being somewhat neere a point of a Land or rather a company of Ilands which hee called Savage Ilands having a great Sound or Indrust betweene the N. shore and them at Clock 6. hee came to Anchor neere one of them being the E. most save one but whiles he was forling this saile hee heard and saw a great company of Dogs howling and barking that it seeming very strange after he had mored his Ship hee sent his boare neare shore to see if they could discerne any people who returned said there were Tents and Canons and Doggs but for people they saw none this writer being fitted after Prayers and supper went on Land to their Tents with 7. others where finding no people they marched up to the top of a hill being about a flight shot where they saw a great Canon which had about 14. men therein being on the N. W. part of the Iland and about a Musket shot from them so called to them in Groenlandish speech making signes of friendship they did the like to them but being fearefull and he not trusting them also made signes of a knife and other trifles which he left upon the top of a hill and returned to these Tents againe where he found to the number of 30. or 40. Whale finnes with a few Seale skins which hee tooke with him leaving for them knifes beades and counters hee found a little Bay where were the Images of men and one the Image of a woman with a child at her back which he brought with him Amongst these Tents being 5. in number all covered with Seales skins were running 35. or 40. Dogs the most of them muzled there were of a Mungrills Mastiffe being of a brinded black colour looking almost like Wolves those Dogs they use in stead of Horses or as the Laplanders doe their Deere to draw their Steedes which are shot or lyned with bones of great fishes to keepe them from wearing their Dogs have collers and furniture very fitting Their apparell Boates and Tents with other necessaries are much like to those of Greneland but not so neate and artificiall they seeme to bee more rude and uncivill travelling up and downe as their fishing is in season for in most places where they were on Land they see where people had beene but where their habitation or winter aboad is they know not nor cannot conjecture This Iland lyeth in 62. degrees 32. minutes and in longitude West from London 72. degrees or neere there about being 60. Leagues from the entrance of the straights the compasse doth vary 27. degrees 30. minutes and South East Moone 4. degrees East maketh full Sea it floweth almost as much water as at Resolution the Tyde commeth from the Eastwards This day morning 6. he set sayle with North winde which continued not but was variable till noone it came to North West hee having sayled along the shore some 7½ leagues North North West the Ice lying so thick in the Offing that he could not well get out of it He perceived a good Harbor betweene two small Ilands and the maine and went in wherre he moord and stayd untill the twelfe day in the evening In this place a South East Moone make a full Sea Latitude 62. degrees 40. m. the tyde doth come from South East every point hath his set and eddy in this place hee could perceive of no people Lying still in the Ice the weather close and hazy as it had beene for 6. dayes being neere a great company of Ilands the winde West North West he stood in amongst them and at evening morne to one of them in a small Cove the better to defend her from the Ice here hee stood all the 17. day the 18. being almost calme he set sayle the better to get forth Here was a great company of Ilands each whereof hath his severall sets and eddyes which drive the Ice to and againe with such violence that hee was in greater danger here then if he had beene further off the Latitude of this I le he lay at was 63. d. 26. m. longitude neere 72. d. 15. m. from London Variation 27. d. 46. m. ½ past 9. the change day maketh full Sea this evening and morning he had a false gale at South East and he stood along by the land it being all
26. Leagues distant from Mill I le North West by West true course being first amongst the Ice hee perceived a great Tyde to set to and fro and had 120. Fathome ozie ground at 80. Fathomes the wind comming to the North and setting him somwhat Southward had 110. Fathomes thus seeing great aboundance of Ice in this place and the more he got to the North Westward the shoalder it was the Ice being foule and durty as not bred far from shades hee determined to stand to the Estward to be better informed of the Tyde 6. The morning standing to the Eastward hee brooke a planck and two timbers in his ships bow which after hee had mended he proceeded to the East along the North shore which Land stretcheth along from Resolution within the streights and is the West side thereof 7. This day he saw the Land it being but low and the Sea shoald in respect of other places having 10. or 12. Fathome about a League from shore and some 30. or 35 Fathomes 5. or 6. Leagues from shore having very good channell ground some 18. or 20. Leagues off as small stones and shells but the farther of the more ozie Also here runneth a very great Tyde to the Northward with this evening hee found to be the Tyde of ebbe For comming neere the shore about Clock 7. hee went on Land with his Boate and found it so he stayed on Land about an houre and an halfe in which time the water fell about 3. foote and a halfe and a South South East Moone maketh a full Sea They saw no signe of people to have beene here this yeare but other yeares before they could well see by divers places where their Tents had stood and perhaps their time of fishing was not yet come there being such great abundance of Ice as yet 8. This day the wind was West 9. This day was almost calme and he reckoned to be neere the shore 10. This day hee entermined to stand to I le Notingham to trye the Tyde there the wind South West so as hee turned it up untill night the wind came to North North West 150. Fathome deepe so as hee stood away to the West ward and left the stateth of Notinghams Ile having a great swelling Sea out of the West with the wind that had blowne which put him in some hopes 11. This morning hee saw Land West from him and had no ground at 130 standing along by the Land which then lay North West and by West the next morning hee was thwart of a Bay then standing over to a faire Cape or Head land hee saw in the afternoone it was almost calme being about a League from Land hee sent his Boate to try the Tyde and they stayed about 3. houres going at 5 and returning at 8. and brought word that it was falliâ—g water and that whilst they were on shore it had ebbe two foote also they affirmed that the flood came from the N. in this place whâ—ch he perceived by the Ship shee setting a pace to the N. although it was no wind also they might see by the Rocks that the water was â—aâ—â— this made him doubtfull of a passage that way Master Bylot named this Cape Comfort for the reasons before and not a league from Land is 140. Fathome water here a S E. Moone makes a full Sea the Latitude is 65 and 86. d. 10. W. from London But this suddaine comfort was soone quailed as hee saith for the next day having doubted the Cape and proceeded not above 10. or 13. Leagues but hee saw the Land Trent from the Cape to the Westward untill it bare from him N. E. and by E. and very thick pestered with Ice And the further he proceeded N. ward he found shoalder water and more Ice and small show of any Tyde at 6. he had 130. Fathom soft ozie and at noone had 150. Fad This was the furthest of this voyage being in Latitude 65. 25. and Longitude from London 86. 10. for seeing the Land so farre to the E. of him 9. or 10. Leagues off and the Ice hee was fully perswaded this was but a Bay and so turned the ship homeward without any further search 14. The wind at S. E. that he could make but small way back againe the next morning it was foule weather and hee Anchored in a small Iulet neere Cape Comfort on the N. when here he found a S. and by E. Moone to make a full Sea but could not discerne from whence the flood came for it was bad weather at Sea 16. The afternoon the wind came N. W. stiffe gale and hazie he wayed and stood along the shore by the 16. at noon he went with a great quantity of Ice lying within the point of Land amongst this Ice hee saw a great number of Sea Moâ—s not seing any in all the streights but in this place and those very fearefull not suffering any Ship or Boate to come neere them by Clock 8. he was come to this S. shore point which he called Sea horses Pointe where he came to Anchor in open Sea the better to try the Tyde where he and all his company apparantly found that in this place the Tyde came from S. E. and the Ebbe from N. W. he wayed after hee had found this and stood over with a stiffe gale of wind which continued all day and at night it was very foule weather and sowre stormes By Clock 2. he was come to Anchor on the N W side of Notinghams Iland where 2. or 3. small Iles lye off from the greater which makes very good sounds and harbour about this I le he had store of Ice but nothing as in other places he staid here untill the 27. day with much foule weather many storms often fogg and uncertaine winds many times he wayed Anchor to goe to that side of the I and where the Ship rod when Cap. Button was in her finding in other places of this â—le the Tyde of flood came from the S. E. ward and the time of high water upon the change of day to bee at 10. and halfe an houre past and not after as they supposed before in 10. dayes he stayed about this I le he fitted his Ships with ballast and other necessaries 26. This day being indifferent faire weather hee pâ—ssâ—d betweene Salisbury and Notinghams Iles at the S. point thereof where lie many small lone Iles without the which to have Anchored had beene a fit place to have found out the true set of the Tyde but the Mr. being desirous to have come to the same place where he had rod before stood along by this I le to the W. ward and came to an Anchor in the Eddie of this broken grounds where the Ship rod at no cetainety of the Tyde 27. This morning was soule weather with much raine and wind that the Reager Anchor would not hold at 8. Fathomes scope but was driven into deeper water
upon the North part of America wherein he found Deere the other is Cumberlands to whom he dedicated other Ilands in his furthest West in a passage he entred 60 leagues but he came backe Notwithstanding those Nobles others were at great charge in his setting forth as may be observed by the naming of Lands as Mount Raleigh Hope Sanderson Cape Chidly now but not rightly called Buttons Ile Moneths June for to use his owne words speaking by Warwicks Forland this Cape as it was the Gulfe wee passed over the 30. of this moneth so was it the North Promontorie or first beginning of a very great Inlet whose South lymit at this present wee see not which Inlet or Gulfe in the night wee passed to our great admiration for the waters fall and he saith that having past the mouth of this Gulfe he fell with the Southermost Cape thereof which he named Chid lies Cape Having made this Cape which to doe I stood over as neere as I could for ice but was at least 6 leagues off it appeared high and 4 distinct Ilands in number I iudge there is more being now assured that God had sent me into the passage I stoode over to the North with Cape Warwick the middle Channell was cleare of ice and therein I had a good observation of 61 degrees 10 min. cleare weather and a constant gale otherwise I durst not have stoode to the Southwards remembring Gibbons it blew in both topsailes but towards night the wind lessened and I could perceive the ice betwixt me and the Cape to drive to Seaward of which neere the shoare was great store The flood comming on I caused both Topsayles to bee cast over and wee threed it betweene Ice and Ice with a well bent flood inwards so as that we had got above the Ile that tyde if this faire day had not ended in fogge A motion was made before this to looke for harbour but that I denied for those reasons given that I did not know what danger might fall me if I had put into the shore where lay much yce as we could see and what yce or sunke Rocks might be in the way I was as ignorant of besides not knowing whether the wind would serve to bring me in a safe roade and how the Tyde might set to turne or sayle in as occasion might fall out but the worst was and that was most I feared the wind might Souther and then there being such store of yce in the passage would inforce all the harbours full and so might cut my cable and put me on shore upon the Rockes it flowing much water there as Bassin reports with these reasons wee were all perswaded to ply it up amongst the Ice in Sea roome rather then to indanger our selves in Moneths Iune harbour or neere the shoare where for certaine the broken Rockes the grounded Ice the small Ilands by restraining the Tides must make them Reverse with Counter-sets and Eddies as may be observed by London bridge the bases of whose Arches being set in the Tides course doth so restraine his motion that the following streames by heightning the waters causeth such a Current as it were to ingulfe by the fall thereof as you see the water men cannot keepe their boates even on the Counter tyde wheeling on her of the one side the eddie coursing her upon the other not joyning their separations but goeing as it were distracted above Cole-harbour before they come to themselves againe to passe Westward and all this hazard is to no purpose for wee are safer at Sea besides wee are not sure of any refreshing and if wee were wee have no neede being but newly come from home and if the wind come to South and so Eastwards to North-East wee being in the Sea may proceede night or day but in harbour wee cannot and therefore to take harbour were vanity unlesse to loyter spend away and consume time the thought whereof is ridiculous the Fogge and night came both together and having the last 24 houres quitted aboundance of Ice to Seaward which might serve as a Baracadoe if the Wind should come from thence and keepe us safe amongst it as after blessed be God it proved wee made fast to a peece of Ice filld fresh water thereupon and went all to our beds save the watch this fogge night was calme This misty morning made the Sunne clime 10 degrees in Da 23 height before he could peepe through the same which afterwards prooved a very faire calme hot day making both Ice and Pitch runne but the ship was inclosed amongst the Ice driving with ebbe and flood about 2. leagues from the South end of Resolution I had no ground at 180 fathomes some of my men said they saw smoake on land and after it prooved true for Captaine James was in harbour there all that same time my Master went with boate and kild 9 willicks whereof he kindly bestowed upon every Messe one they make strong and good pottage I pressing hard for getting cleere that I might proceed was Moneths June demanded why I made such haste answered that as every Mountaine consisted of severall peeces so did my Voyage upon Fathomes which must be measured here with speed though afterward I might take leisure which added one to another might in time compasse all the Mountaines of the world and that it fared with me as with the Mackarell-men at London who must hasten to Market before the fish stinke This evening the Sun set cleare the Ayre breathed gently from the East and we lay quietly all night amongst the Ice This morning the wind began to gather strength from the Da 24 E S E. the flood came on and the Ice began to separate I caused one peece to be made fast unto the ship with 2. Grapnels to the intent to towe it at the ships sterne mooring the ship so thereunto that she might make way N W. for the North shore for that it hath been alwayes said that the North side was cleerest from Ice thus made fast although the wind forst on the ship yet her way was so easie as she could take no harme if she had touched upon the same because this trayle or drag stayed her way but the wind blowing on the ship broke one Grapnet off by the Arme of the flooke and bended the other so as we were loose from thence but meeting great store of driving Ice I caused to make fast againe for safety where we were presently inclosed for many miles This morning the ship broke loose from that peece I was Da 25 made fast unto the ship and tackling being more in the winds power then the Ice it being lower caused her to drive faster I caused the Spritsaile to be loosed to binde the ships Stem to the Ice which gave alwayes way with the flood which set Westward So the East wind forcing it backe made it cloze with the ebbe returning Eastwards which put mee in good hope that
as followeth may better satisfie then the historie it selfe can jâ—lusâ—erate The Example ADmit a ship to be nere the shore to the N. W. of the point of Portland in Dorset-shiere with easie S. S. W. gale standing W. close hal'd the Flood-tide being comming in from about the Berry into the Bay of Lyme falling S. E. into the Race shall take the said ship vpon the Lee-bowe and in despight carrie her into the Race at the S. point of Portland it setting E. where then shee shall stemme the same whose greater force she not being able to ouer-haile shall tacke her about the said Point and then setting E. N. E. and N. E. vpon her wether bow shall carry her into the grasse now with same wind same tide and same winding shee shall bringe the same land W. S. W. or S. W. vpon her this same happened to me at this new head-land which being in the night did not a little stumble mee to find out vntill my remembrance questioned with my experience to find the cause which otherwise we must haue thought that wee raised a new land for which similie as other jnducements to the furtherance of this enterance I haue named the same fore-land my Lord Westons Portland Heere followeth the Demonstration The tydes do abate to morrow being quarter day the last Moneths September night was some lightning This day wee see the Sun but to no use I drive along the coast with an easie breath from N. some snow fell Standing along this coast betwixt the Queenes Cape and Da 22 L. Westens Portland I named another headland Cape Dorchester remembring Captaine Davis writeing of Secretarie Walsingham who saith that at his death this Voyage was left freindlesse though I am sure this Noble Successour revived it againe with his best furtherance and my incouragement I came to this Cape at 6 this morning I had along the land 20 fathomes there are store of Sea Mors in this Sea the land doth lye full of Snow it freezeth the very Ship side and steepe tubbes the Capes as L. Westens Portland and Cape Dorchester are distant about 20 leagues the land stretching to the S E. to the North of L. Westens Portland I named Foxe his farthest the deep Bay or Inlet to the S. betwixt the same and Cape Dorchester I named the North side Poynt Barte that on the South browe Carleton This Meridian I was in 65 d. 30 min. Cape Dorchester bore S E. by E. 4 leagues I have come backe againe from L. Westens Portland 26 leag S E by S. which is about 1 deg 5 min. and I was to the W. of it 12 min. added maketh 1 deg 17 min. to 65 deg 30 min. maketh 66 d. 47 min my furthest N. this day the wind was all over at clocke 4. it came to the North and having stopt the flood tyde going 2 knots ½ I wayed and came along S S W. and S W. by S. as the land did cost and fell into 40. 60. 78 fathomes and then it being night I did recount I was past the overfals to S the Queenes Forland then I directed the course to be S. This morning Aurora blusht as though shee had ushered Da 23 her Master from some unchast lodging and the ayre so silent as though all those handmaides had promised secrecy the Eastermost of Mill I le bore S E. by E. the North Mayne from the Kings Promontory stretching E. away Prince Charles his Forland so named by Bilot bearing E N E. and at the East-â—ide of the said Forland goeth in a very fayre sound I named â—t the Prince his Cradle an Iland on the West I named his Nurses of this Cape 1 league I had 120 fathomes the Prince his Forland doth lye 5 leagues S E. from the Kings Promontory yesterday the Carpenter laid downe haveing not Moneths September beene well for diverse dayes before it was little wind with great store of Henbans and Pettidancers a common incident to these parts in cleare nights This fayre day wee came along the North Mayne E S E Da 24 with N W. wind 10 leag distant from the Princes Cape E South-East lyeth a fayre Cape I named Cape Dorcet and 3 leagues to the East of that is another I named Cape Cooke in due respect to Sir Iohn Cooke Secretary of State with a deepe Bay betwixt them as it were halfe incircleing an Iland remote from the Mayne I named it Ile Nicholas the former names given as Cape Linsey Cape Portland Cape Dorcet Cape Dorchester Cape Cooke I gave in duetifull remembrance of those Lords Commissioners for the Admiraltie whose furtherance and countenances in my dispatch for his Maiesties Pinâ—ace the Charles I had towards the accomplishment of this designe I le Nicholas I named it in remembrance of Master Edward Nicholus Secretary to the said Lords whom I have often troubled I named those Capes as the occasion in my discoverie offered it selfe The land to the East from Ile Nicholas along the North Mayne lyeth in sight North East by East and the same Mayne from Cape Dorcet by Cape Cooke lyeth East by North about the former distance at the end thereof there is no land to be seene to the N. I directed the course from Ile Nicholas E S E. This evening clocke 8 I was distant as before from the I le 8 leagues and Salisbury was from mee West by South one halfe Southerly 12 leagues I lancht away from hence true Course as all is set downe East South East This noone I had steered this course 4 watches 25 leag Da 25 to bring mee betweene the Salvage Iles and Prince Charles his Cape upon the South Mayne at this time the body of the â—ortheâ—most I le bore from mee N N E. one halfe N about 6 leagues the night was close but faire weather this night and last day wee came by many small Ilands of Ice all the small chattered which this strait laid so full of being desolved and gone for we see none since we came from Sea Horse Poynt this day was some Snowe God continue Moneths September this W N. W wind for wee have many that already have made a Scurvie Voyage of it the Mr. is up againe running as before 5 leagues at clocke 4 Cape Charles bore S W. by S 1 â— S. about 12 leagues off These Ilands called Salvage Iles lye N. W. from one greater Iland I cannot say it to be the North Mayne because it doth bend to the Northwards both from the W. and E and therefore the W. end I take to be that named the Queenes Cape at the E. end doe lye 2 Ilands the one bigger the other lesse I named the one Sackfield the other Crowe after Sir Sackfield Crowe late Treasurer to his Majesties Navie from the W. to the E. of this land or Iland is many showes of Sounds or Bayes ragged and high the land being barren to sight From the last noone to this I made
way 32 leagues nere Da 26 the S E by East the land of this North side meeting us bore from the E by N. to the N N West and is the Mayne or Iland betwixt the Iles of Gods Mercy and Salvage Iles all upon the North side of Fretum Hudson and nere those bearings of land my Latitude was 62 degrees 40 minutes From the last Meridian unto this I made way 13 leagues Da 27 E by S. and had I le Sackveile N E. by E 2 â— E. 7 leagues off at this present I had sight of the land from Resolution and it bore from me from the N N E. to the E. about 9 or more leag This day and night was fayre weather the one by sight of the Sun the other by the Moone although the wind came against our wils to the S E. by S. with a frostie fog turning up to the North land it was cleare but at Sea it was thicke and thus plying up to the Eastward came within 4 leagues of this land which lay from East to N N E. and was the same wee drived along immured amongst the Ice at our entrance inwards wee got little by plying with contrary winds and yet I durst not put into a Sound for harbour of which wee might perceive some as also Roade-steeds made by Ilands lying nere the Mayne our weather side was froze as also all our ropes were a quarter of an inch thicke about The wind continued contrary and I stood off into the Da 28 Channell and on againe with frostie fogge and very cold but the wind blew not to above Course and Bonnet this day Moneths September I appointed 4 beefe dayes in the weeke With wind contrary I plyed it to the Eastwards the Aire was both thicke and cleare as I was neere or farre off the North Maine sometime it blew to both topsailes and sometime was eafie winde The evening 8. I stood to the S. ward being S. W. from the E. point of the N. land stretching toward Resolution 4 leagues I stood over untill this day clocke Da 30 one S. S. E. wreck and variation allowed 28 leag at what time we thought we had sight of the S. Maine about S. W. by S. 5. leagues off very high land This night was hazie and blew to Course and Bonnet comming betweene 2 Ilands of ice the Sea had beate much from off the weathermost which lay floting betwixt it and that to Leeward so as I loosed for one and bore up for another for the space of the 60 part of one houre and this was all the trouble the ice put me unto homeward bound This first day it blew lesse wind but all the morning was Da 1 Moneths October Snow the Lord for his mercy sake looke upon us for we are all in weake case dispairing more since this last frost and contrary winds that hath bin within these 5 dayes although the frost hath not beene uncouth to us then for the same weather we had for 3 weekes before and yet our allowance is enlarged to so much as we cannot eate with Sacke Aquavita Beere as well Oatemeale Meale Rice Pease and Beefe for salt fish our men can eate none nor doe I hold it fit they should These 2 dayes were spent in plying to the E. sometimes in Da 2 the sight of the N. land or Maine whereof lay 2 small Ilands Da 3 which we drive by as I drive inwards being then fast amongst the ice at 12 this day I tacked to the S. wards and at this instant the said land-bore from N W. by W. to the E. the Iland at the N. end by estimation was one league distant from the Maine that at the E. was 2 off This day hath been faire and cleere and it cleereth with bright Horizons at N. E. God send the wind from thence to take us out of those dilatory sufferings which we have more through lingring doubt of what wee shall feele then as yet we doe feele and expecting our freedome if wee were freed out of Fretum Hudson which upon a sodaine change wee may happely expect From last day noon unto this day 12 I stood upon a bowling Moneths October Da 4 making a S. E. way 31 leagues the wind Veering meâ—e Northerly I stood E. S. E. so neare as I could lie 20 leagues more and at midnight I had the Cape Chidly since called Buttons Ilands E. 4 leagues from me whereupon I stood to the North because I could not carry it about the Cape untill this day 5 in the morning and then tackt to the E. the Da 5 wind larging about to the Northward I doubled the Cape at clocke 12 weathering the same about 2 leagues having as at all headlands with Sea winds and cold weather a great Sea with an inset into Fretum Hudson against me that the shippe strucke in the Spritsaile yard and bowlspright under water I much fearing that the springing of our yards or Maâ—ts setled the topsailes so to ease them that I thought I did but double the Cape with much adoe it was high land consisting of diveâ—s ilands seeming as they were to bee sayled betwixt these were covered with Snow as also Resolution whose Cape Warwicke I see bearing N. and by W. at that instant after I had brought this Cape or Iles of Chidly W S. W. either the Tyde or Current did set me fast to the S. ward this day it froze so sore with the ships dipping in the Sea that our head and wet tackling were Canded over with Icesicles and many Snowie showres in earnest were sent from Boreas his frozen forge And for the haire of our faces to be of his hoary colour had been no noveltie to us these 4. weekes I stood from the Cape bearing S. E. ½ Southerly variation Da 6 and wreake allowed 51 leagues and 2 mile untill this noone time From thence untill this 12 E. by S. 54 leagues at what time Da 7 motion was made to come home in lesse sayle but answer was that I was not discharged as yet and therefore I would runne the ship out of victuall and pay for as yet I never durst carry sayle to see how fast I could drive Charles his Waine to the best advantage fearing that if I had sprung any of my Masts yards or tackling or wrong the ship it might have beene supposed I had done it upon purpose that then if I had stood need of excuse for feare or neglect I might have used that false colour blessed be the Almighty who never faileth those that depend on him truely this warmeth we find in the open Moneths October Ocean doth much revive us for truely if this extremity of the frost and snow had continued on with the Easterne winds we had within Fretum Hudson wee had beene constrained backe to have wintered in Hudsons Bay or else-where for the most of us were ready to fall downe with the rest that were downe already After I was
upon the West side of Bâ—â—â—ons Bay whereas there it flowed so much water as before and a W. S. W. Moone now coasting along this West side upon a S. W. by S. true course as the land did lie about 18 leagues to an Iland I named Brâ—â—ke Cobham there the best observation that I could make I found that it flowed a West by South Moone and but 10 foot the neepe Tyde but indeed I doe distrust this account as in my journall doth appeare Coasting from hence to Port Nelson 130 leagues I found it there to flow a N. W. Moone and in the neepe Tide but 9 foot water and the best Spring Tyde assisted by the wind brought in but 14 foot water and after from thence towards Hudsons West Bay it flowed lesse water vetâ—unne with course for the time of full Sea went with Sunâ—e so as it was easie to conjecture that I went from the Tyde which is especially to be incerted to make this Treatise to be better understood and how this tide doth waste it selfe Now it cannot be denyed but that this Tyde that is moved according to the course of Tydes with his constant ebbing and â—lowing so great a distance as about the West side of this Bay câ—â—cuting neere betwixt Hudsons Bay and Sir Thomas Roes Wâ—lcome the distance of it neere 253 leagues having many rubbes and checkes by the way amongst the ilands and shoals should be able to repaire and recall againe this huge quantity of waters every 12 houres if it were not fed and â—upplyed from some great and waste Ocean nor if there prove to be a passage as is most likely as hereafter shall follow it cannot be conceived but that it must be so spatious as cannot be visable betweene land and land and why may it not be that there is no straight but that the Sea lies open to the North as at C. Finmarke after that the land doth trent Westward as may be suspected by the want of ice that the land being farre remote to the North or West the South doth keepe it selfe from frigitating by its continuall chaâ—ing and adjectating as we see by the iles of farre shotland and Orkney standing in and neere the same parallel with our frozen Fretum Hudson where no Snow will lie for any time in Winter the cause may be by the Seas moving about them their circuits being so small as the Seas breathing through the Tydes and winds contiuuall chafing about them doth evaporate some part of his warmenesse into the Ayre whereby the frost is restrained from the exercise of his power for the Sea hath a kinde of temporature betwixt too hot and too colde in the hot and cold Zones it is much to bee hoped by this want of ice that as at the North Cape of â—inmarke although I doe assure mee that this passage lyeth South-wards off that parallell and about the Articke Circle that this Continent of the Septentrionall part of America may incline to the West Southward about this latitude as that of Europes doth to the East for by this flowing of water in 60 d. 10 m. neere 4 fathomes as at Resolution in the East it cannot be farre to the winding of the land Westwards The next is to inquire from whence this Tyde should come for that is the way to the passage for it cannot be said to come from the East through Fretum Hudson for there need no more to disprove that then what went before when that Tyde did end at Carie Swans Nest in flowing but 6 foote and 4 houres as it doth at the height of all Rivers being farre from the Sea Should it come from the North then it should as well Current that land on the East side of this Bay to Carie Swans Nest along that small distance of 40 leagues if such a thing be at all or no as upon the West side For 250 leagues of now knowne discovery setting from the North it should divide equall waters betwixt them which is found to the contrary and if such land doth lie 40 leagues along from Swannes Nest Westward then is there not aboue 30 more for the brenth of the passage froÌ„ through whence this ride doth come which I should thinke were to narrow to let in and out so much water in the time mentioned to bring any flood on this side now in handling for at Swannes Nest the flood set West and the Ebbe East and if this Tyde going West were met with more water from thence it must flow extraordinarily high at the Nest as in great Rivers in time of land-waters the Sea flood meeting puts up the waters to such heights as doth inforce all their bounds and rejected the Tydes course which I found to be constant for that I was there two floods one ebbe and a halfe How can it now be imagined but that the Tâ—de doth come from the West and so coasteth along the same side as wee may observe upon all Tydes from what sea soever they come looke upon what side they enter they Current the same and so doth this for that called Vtultra never proved Bay yet and who hath named the same might as well be deceived here as at other places by fogs bankes for if this part be protracted I cannot see that there is any discovery made at all on both sides betweene Hubarts vaine hope and Swanneâ— Nest worth the noting Therefore it must be confest that this Tyde doth come from the West so inclining to that shore and that it is a Tide hath been proved for I doe not thinke that there 's any that will pretend inundating impulsing or ingulfing and that it doth proceed from some great Ocean is without all contradiction for comming to this West side I found great store of fish playing at the crust of the water and of great fish which is a maine argument for there was Whales Sea-mors and Seales of which there are infinite which fish doe not hive in Winter but in deepe Oceans and that those Whales must come from the West is certaine for all the way from Cape Farewell in all that distance of neere 500 leagues we did not see one untill I came there which if there had beene any lying so long becalmed and amongst the ice having light nights we should have seene them for they are fish that affect to play and breath above the water The maine land was high within Sir Thomas Roes Welcome as in all the straights besides with deepe water to shore whereas discovering Southwards it fell to bee low land with shallow shore at 11 fathoms wee could but see it upon the hatches This is much contrary to the Oceans who are bounded with high mountainous climes steepe Promontories ragged Rockes and inamoled Ilands subsisting upon insearchable deepes salt and greene-coloured waters wherein live the great sishes Now let us compare this Tyde with some others neerer our owne home with which we are the most familiar as
such ship or ships shall every watch shoote off a good peece look out well for smoake and fire which those that get in first shall make every night vntill all the fleete become together 13. That vpon the sight of an Ensigne in the Mast of the Admirall a peece being shot off the halfe fleete shall repaire to the Admirall to vnderstand such conference as the Generall is to have with them 14. If any chance to meete with any Enemie that 4. ships shall attend vpon the Admirall viz. The Francis of Foy the Moone the Barke Dynnis and the Gabriell and 4 upon my Lievtenant Generall in the Judeth viz. The Hopewell the Arâ—enall the Beare and the Salamander the other 4. vpon the Vice-admiral the Anne Francis the Thomas of Ipswich the Emanuell and the Michaell 15. If there happen any disordered person in the flight that he be taken and kept in safe custody vntill he may conveniently be brought aboard the Admtrall there to receive such punishment as his or their offence shall deserve He departed from Harwich the 31. of May 1578. with 15. Shippes having given that Instructions for ordering of his fleete as well for civill government as direction He goes by the West the 6. of Iune he had sight of Cape Cleere sayling towards the N. W parts from Ireland A great Current from S. W. carried them 1. point to the N. E. of their course which current seemed to him to continue its course towards Norway The 20. of Iune the Generall discries land and being Frezeland names it West England he goes on shore and findes a good harbour for Shippes the people â—led they Iudge it part of Meta incognita or Groneland their boats and apparell are all alike with those of Meta incognita they found in their Tents a box of small Nayles red herrings and divers carved things so as they iudge them to be civill people and Artificers or else to have trade with those that are 23 They depart from thence and names a certaine cliffe for some resemblance Charing crosse they meete with much yee many Whales and fogges The Salamander a ship of his Flight strucke upon a Whale with full stem being under courses and Bonnets he makes an uglie noyse and two dayes after they found a dead Whale supposes it the same The 2. they had sight of the Queenes Forland they beare in all day had much Ice at night they were entred the Sreight all overcome with Ice not froze there but driven by the windes violence The writer conceives the Mary glaciale to be a conjecture And that no salt Sea can be froze ore with Ice and in these place where it doth ebbe and flow above 10. Fathames And the Ice he met at Sea 1000. Miles from land all which congealed upon fresh water he concludes they were froze in bayes and rivers and not in the Sea This Ice doth shut together with winde and open at the shifting or change thereof as in other places so as it is passable The Barke Dennis struck vpon a Rocke The ship sunke the men were saved by their boates therein were much of the house drowned which the men appointed to winter should have lived in Meta incognita Amidst the Ice a storme takes them at S. E. some takes in sailes and hulls that had roome others make fast to the Ice others send off Ice with poales oares junkes oken boards and the like so as all were put to it Yet for all this their ship sides and waeles were sore torne and bruised The next day the winde changed W. N. W. the Ice dispierced they goe to Sea and meetes 4. more of their Company who had all kept the Sea during the S. E. storme they resolue to keepe the Sea vntill the Sunne dissolue or the wind dispierce the Ice out of the straight 7. They cast about inward againe had sight Of what Land it should be there was difference of opinions Through the thicke mists and by snow newly fallen the habit of the Land was altered Thinking they had bin to the N. E. of Frobrishers straights Then comming from Land by a Current comming from thence along the Coast they were carried to S. W. off the Queens Forland more miles then they thought possible Here they make a peece of Land for Mount Warwicke yet wonders how they should be so farre shot within the straight without their knowledge how be it they confessed they found a swifter course of flood then hitherto they had observed And here their Ships were whirled about in a moment lying a Hull as though they had beene in a Whirlepoole the waters making no lesse noyse to be heard a farre off then the waterfall of London bridge Here they could have no observation the Generall sends to the Shippes to know their chiefest opinions Christopher Hall chiefe Pylate saide he had never seene that coast before nor could not make it for any part of Frobrishers streights although the land did lye and trent alike The 10. the weather continued thicke and darke and the fleete disperced they were doubtfull whether to set to Sea or to follow a doubtfull course in a Sea Bay or Streight they knew not or stand a long an unknowne coast where they could not discerne dangers for darke mists and thick weather Whereupon some betooke themselves to Sea as thinking that the safest Course others followed the Generall within that doubtfull and unknowne Streights above 60. leagues having alwaies a faire Continent upon the Starboard and a continuance of an open Sea before them so as if it had not beene for the gathering of his fleete againe as also their lading of Ore he both would and could have gone into the Mare del Sur for the further they sailed the lesse Ice and 50. leagues within this Streight was none at all This streight hath also a great Indraft for by the foresaid current the floting wracke of the barke Dyoniss lost at the Queenes Forland was brought thither along the Coast and by the Indraft drawne in there it being many miles distant They doe also affirme out of some of their best marriners observation that in this streight the â—lood-tyde doth runne 9. houres and ebbe 3. which may well come to passe by force of the current comming from the E. and butting upon that coast may enforce the tyde into all indrafts and rivers with longer flowings untill the force of the ebbe receiving his strength from the West Sea doe resist it the Sea will not according to the saying Naturam expellas furcaâ— licit usqui recurrit Also they observed vpon this Coast that lying a Hull 25. leagues off Land the wind blowing trade they were brought to within two leagues thereof contrary to expectation This part of the Country they hold to be more populous and fruitfull then any discovered before And better stored with grasse fowle and wild Beasts And heere they see greater
leather well dressed and artificially sowed They had one paire of Buskins full of wooll like Beaver they are very tractable voide of subtilty and easie to be brought to civility he thinkes they worship the Sunne During their stay here they found a reasonable quantity of wood as Furre Spruce and Iunupir which had floated thither They saw aboundance of Seales in Shoales as it had all beene fish the cliffes was such as Sir Martin Frobrisher brought from Meta Incognita There was divers slowers Slud or Muscovia-glasse they found an hearbe growing upon the Rockes whose fruite was sweete full of red luyce the ripe ones were like Currans they iudge the people to have store of Furres they make shew after they see he would have skins and furrs that they would goe into the Country and fetch such things as they had but the winde comming faire he came away The first of August they proceeded N. N. W. for the discoverie The 6. he descried land in 66. 40. min. voyde of Ice he anchors in a bay neare a faire Mount the Cliffes thereof as orient as Gold He names it Mount Raleigh the road Totnes-road the Sound encompassing the road Exeâ—ers Sound the N. Forland Dyers Cape the S. For-land or cheekes of the Sound Cape Walsingham He espies 4. white Beares and kills one first and two afterwards The next day they kill a Beare the sore-paw was 14. inches over this Coast was Mountainous without wood or any thing growing thereon the aire was very temperare The 8. he sets saile from Mount Raleigh and Coasts along S. S. W. The 9. his men complained their allowance was too small it was augmented to 5. men 4. l. of bread a day 12. quarts of beere 6. New-land fishes and on the flesh day one gill of Pease more but Butter and Cheese was restrained from them The 11. he comes to the South-most Cape of this Land he named it the Cape of Gods mercy the weather foggie he Coasts the N. side and at the fogges vp-breaking he was entered into a faire passage in some places 20. leag broad tolerable weather voyde of Ice the Sea of the nature colour and quality of the maine Ocean Heare he hath great hope of a passage sailes 60. leag N. N. W. discovers certaine Ilands in the midst but passage on both sides he devides both the ships the one sailes on the N. side the other on the S. where they stayed 5. daies with S. E. winde fogge and foule weather 14. They goe on Land find signes of people and tame doggs with collers about their neckes a bone in their Pizels and are vsed to traile sleddes which they found like ours one made of Furre spruce and oken boards the other of Whale-bone They had hung vpon the top of these sleds the heads of 3. Beasts they had killed They found other trifles nothing worth but onely to show that the people had lately been there but they find this place all Ilands with great Sounds passing betwixt them And here they found whales comming from the Westerne Sea and to the East-ward they had not seene one As they were rowing into a Sound lying S. W. soddenly there came a violent Counter-checke of a tide from S. W. against the flood which they came with but sounding they could have no ground heere at 300. fathoms It flowed uppe and downe 6. or 7. fathoms and they could not perceive from whence it was maintayned If care had beene taken at their entrance into this Streight they might easily have resolved themselves The 21. they coast the S. shore they see many Sounds The 23. they enter into a faire Sound at the S. entrance of this Streight in 25. fathom greene Ose The 26. they depart from the sight of the N. land of this entrance directing their course homewards The 10 he had sight of Desolation 13 Hee departs from sight thereof the 27 he had sight of England and the 30 he came into Dartmouth The Observation He set forth from England Iune 28 his furthest was 66 d. 40. N. latitude he sayles then N W. into a passage 60. leag upon the America side as was then supposed and found no hinderance yet he returnes homewards the 21. of August Hee was the first wee know of that ever was on the West-side of Groenland or sayled so farre West in that paralell He discovered upon Groenland-side from Desolation to 64. 15 min. and on the West-side from 66. 40. to the South-side of his new Entrance and returned home safely Captaine Iohn Davis his second Voyage 1587. HE departed from Dartmouth with 4. ships viz. The Mermayd 100. Tonnes the Sunshine 60. tonnes the Moone-shine 35. tonnes the North-starre 10. tonnes The 15. discovers land in 60. deg and in longitude from the Meridian of London 47. mightily pestered with Ice and snow from land the Ice lay in some places 10. 20. 50. leagues hee was constrained to beare backe into 57. deg to acquit the Ice The 29. he meets land in 64. and in longitude from London Meridian 58. 30. for divers reasons he beares into this known harbor and to set up his Pinnace he findes many goodly harbors with high land little troubled with snow and sea altogether voyd of Ice he sends his Boats to search before the ships for shoale-water to anchor in The Countrey people come to them with cries and shouts but after they espied some of the Company whom they knew before they came to their boates and hung vpon them with great joy The Captaine with divers others goeth on Land The people come to him with dauncing and leaping and made signes they knew all those that had beene there the yeare before At this present there were 18. of them to whom he gaue to every one a knife they offered him skinnes but he shewed them that he bestowed them in curtesie and so dismist them with signes that they should returne in 4. houres The people repaire to him the next day and brought with them the skinnes of Seales Stagges white Hares Seale-fish Salmon-peale small Codde dry Caplin with other fish and Birds He sent to search their habitation with command that no hurt should be offered they find Tents framed vpon wood covered with Seale skinnes they find therein dry Caplin bags of Traine oyle and Seale skins in tan-tubbs He mans his Boate attended with 50. Cannoes intending to view the Country the people very carefully helpe him up and downe the steepe Rockes In leaping our men outstript them in wrastling they cast our best wrastler that had both skill and strength In a certaine Iland they found a grave wherin men lay buried covered over with Seale skins and a Crosse laid over them they be people of good stature broad-faced every time they come they make new truce by pointing to the Sunne and crying Eleoâ—t striking vpon their brest He takes them to be Idolaters and witches They
are simple in all their conversation but very theevish in stealing of Iron of which they make great account They in the end began to shew their Nature in cutting of Cables their Boate from their sternâ— and their Cloathes where they laid to aire They also stole their Oares a Calliver a Boare speare a sword wherevpon they brake the Peace by shooting off a Musket and a Faulcon at which noise they all departed with great feare They returned againe within 10. houres to intreat peace which was immediately granted they brought Seale skinnes and Salmon-peale but seeing Iron they could not forbeare to steale they eate their meate raw drinke salt water and eate grasse and yee with delight Their weapons are for the most darts but some have Bowes and Arrowes and Slinges with their Nettes made of whale-fynne with which they doe artificially catch fish with They have warre with some other Nation or Inland people for many of them are wounded He had amongst them Copper Ore blacke Copper and red Copper thinking to search the habitation of this Country in his Piâ—â—ace he entred a large River and went on Land to discover but the high Mountaines hindred his prospect He gathers Muscles for his supper and tooke harbour for that night vnder the Rockes where he see a mighty whiâ—le wind taking vp the water in great 〈…〉 for the â—pace of 〈…〉 houres without any intermission To conclude he found this not to be firme Land but mighty Rivers and Sounds and Throughlets betweene vast and desert Ilands with passage betweene Sea and Sea he returnes to his ship In his absence the people had stolne an Anchor and with sliâ—gs had thrown stones into the ship of half a pound weight he seemed to the Inhabitants to take no notice of the injurie done him hee tills them on land gives them bracelets and other toyes and intices 7. or 8. on board some of them goes into the maine top After Sunset they begin againe to assault them with stones in slings into the Mooneshine and with one stone strucke the Boatswaine that he overthrew him The 11. they came to make a new truce the Ringleader of the mischiefe was one the truce made they take one prisoner who pointed to his fellowes to bring the things that were stolne and he should be enlarged unto them The wind within an houre came faire they brought the fellow away One of his consorts came and followed talking to him at length they tooke leave making great lamentation The prisoner spake 4. or 5. words to the other clapping his hands vpon his face the other doing the like they depart This prisoner in few dayes grew a pleasant Companion trimmed vp his darts and fishing tooles made Okum and would lay his hand vpon a Roape to haile his meate was first dry Caplin they had taken there in their Tents when it was done he eate poore John The 14. of this Moneth one man dyed the rest were in good Health The 17. in the Latit of 63. â— min. he fell with a huge Iland of Ice in one entire Masse So big as they could not draw the limits with Bay and Capes and like huge Cliffes as he tooke it to be Land at first And in this place he had stickle and strong Currents No other but what the Ice made being forced through the water by the windes and drawing so much water as they bee eyther on ground or neere Also as his motion doth trouble and alter the waters true course which causeth the Tides to edy being neere it as Ilands in the Sea standing in the Flood or Ebbes way will doe the like He Coasts to S. off this Ice vntill the 30. of Iuly and saith ti was such a Barre to his proceedings as all his hopes were banished The 24. all his Ropes were frozen By a grosse fogge his men begin to grow sicke and feeble and told him he ought in Conscience to regard the safetie of his owne life and preservation of others and not through his over-boldnesse to leave their Widdowes and Fatherlesse children to give him bitter curses leave these excuses and come home Davis come home besides the great Ship was too great and unweldy to discover withall besides her charge was 100. pound a moneth So with divers other excuses he sends her homewards and with the Moone-shine made shift to steere E S E. from the Ice to seeke the next Land The first of August he sees land in 66 33. Longitude from London 70. deg here he graues the Moonelight that had beene forth but 3. moneths in a very good roade he findes this land to be all Ilands with Sea on E on W on N. but a Muskâ—ta stung him grievously the people here sends him a Seale driving with the tide which they had boyd up with bladders The people trade with him for skins as the others did and are in all things a like but in pronunciation of language more plaine and not hollow in the throate Their Salvage kept him close and made signes to them to get him a Companion Here he left the Mermaid at Anchor the 12 day and sailes W above 50 leagues sees land in 66 19 this land is 70 leagues from the other he anchors by an Iland of Ice from clock 9 to 3 in the morning The 15. he departs this land to the South sailes untill the 18 and then he sees land N W a faire Promontory in 65 and no land to Southward heere he had great hope of a Passage He sayles still southwards and sees Land S W and by S. the 17. by observation he was in 64 20 m. he had sailed by Chaâ—t and precise account 15 leagues S by W yet upon observation he found it S W. so as he saith it was by a Westerne Current August 19. it fell snow and foule weather they lie at hâ—ll all Night within 5. leagues of land The 20. the weather breakes up they beare in with land and got into a harbour close for all weathers they goe on land and can discerâ—e it to be all Ilands they come away in the afternoone with a N. E. winde faire weather shapes their course to the South whereby they may discover the passage They coast the land untill the 28. finding it still to continue to the S. from 67. to 57. he sees marvailous store of Sea fowle as Guls and others he tries for fish in one glasse kills an 100 Codde although he was but badly provided he doubting the weather steps into harbor in 56. d. sailes 10. leag up a River 2 leagues broad very faire Woods on both sides stayes here untill the first of Sept. had 2. great stormes he went 6. miles on land The woods were Furre Pyne-apple Elder Ewe Withe and Birch hâ— sees a black Beare and here were store of land river fowle as Goose Ducks Black-birdes Iayes Thrush and of Partridge and Feasant he kils great store with Bowe
will sell their Coates or any thing they have They brought not above 20. skinnes but made signes that if they would goe ashore they should have more Chichesanege skinnes I thinke The 30. he was in 72. deg 12 min. at midnight the Compasse set the variation 28. deg West-ward he Coasted this Land which he called London Coast From the 21. to the 30. the Sea all open to the West and North-ward the Land on Starboard E. from him the wind shifted to the North. Then he left that shore and named the N. most part he did discover Hope Sanderson and shaping his Course West runne 40. leag and better without sight of any Land The 2. he meetes with a mighty banke of Ice West from him He would faine have quit it by the North-wards but the wind would not which if he had he would have runne W. vntill he had seene Land and have beene resolved The 6. being faire weather he puts the Barke amongst the Ice but could not prevaile the 7 8 9 10. He coasts the Ice the 11 was fogge and calme The 13 he determining to goe againe to the shore And harbor for 5 or 6 dayes Hoping in that time the extreame heate of the Sunne and beating of the Sea would have made way with the Ice but when he was nigh Land he durst not anchor for depth of water The Salvages came oft and truct for skinnes Darts they had for old and new knives and they would gladly have had him to the Land but he beareâ— away The 15. he finds himselfe driven 6. points west beyond his Course He layes the fault either in the Ship or Current The 16. he falls with the banke of Ice againe The 17. he had sight of Mount Raleigh at 12 at Night he was thwart of his old hole againe He sailes 60. leagues N W. vp the streights The 23 he anchors in the bottome of the Gulfe and calles the Iles Cumberland Iles. Whilst he was at anchor a Whale passed vp by him here the Compasse set at 30. d. variation This day also he departs shaping his course S E. and seeketh to recover the Sea The 25 be was becalmed in the bottome of the Gulfe the aire extreame hot Bruton the Master goes a Land to course Dogges they find many graves and Trane spilt the Salvage dogges was so fat they could scarce goe The 26 was a pretty storme at S E. 27 28 29. faire weather He had coasted the South-side shore of Cumberlands sound And was got cleare out into 62 deg betwixt which and 63. deg 00. he espies an opening And names it Lumleys Ilet And tells of great falls and Gulfes of water The 31 he see a Head-land he names Warwicks Forland The 1. he falls with the South-west Cape of the Gulfe and names it Chidleys Cape in 61 deg 10. min. From the first to the 12 He trents along the South-land sees 5 Deere on the top of an Iland he calls Darcyes Iland they take to another Iland his Boate was too little to carry his men and chase the Deere though it were in the water one of them was as big as a pretty Cowe and very fat their feete as broad as Oxe feete The 13. in 54 d. Latitude Heere he struck vpon a Rocke he stops his leake And Coasts along into 52 deg not finding his fishing ships as was appointed for them to stay and fish in Latit betweene 54 and 55 deg vntill the fine of this moneth but in 16 dayes they were fisht and gone home himselfe arrives at Dartmouth the 15 of September The Copie of Davis his Letter to Mr. Saunderson GOod Mr. Saunderson with Gods great mercy I have made my safe returne in health with all my company And have sailed 60. leag further then my determination at my departure I have beene in 73. deg finding the Sea all open and 40 leag betweene Land and Land The passage most probable the Bâ—cecution casie as at my comming you shall fully know The Marine Observation THat he Coasted the West side of Groynland farther then before from 65 deg odde min. to 72 deg odde minutes naming it London-Coast and on the West side was as farre vp his former streights as before onely he then forgot to name the Earle of Cumberlands Iles which now he hath done And besides he hath in his returne home seene and named Lumleys Inlet and passed by Fretum Hudson vnknowne Yet he hath named Cape Warwicke Which is the East part of Resolution Chidleys Cape the South bounds thereof now called Buttons Iles But vntruely these two things are both although in his Letter writ to Mr. Saunderson at his arrivall the 2. Voyage he doth assure the Passage to be in one of the 4. places vpon perill of his Life But I thinke he durst not venture it He went forth the 7. of May and returnes homewards the 23 of July His greatest Variation West was 30. deg And the 15 of Iuly he was driven 5 points W. of beyond his Course by what accident he knoweth not For to vse his owne words speaking of Warwickes Head-land This Cape as it was the most S. limit of the Gulfe wee passed over the 30 of this Moneth So was it the N. promontorie or first beginning of a very great Inlet whose South limit at this present wee see not Which Inlet or Gulfe this afternoone and in the Night wee passed over to our great admiration for the waters fall These abstracts are more at large to be seene in the first and 3 Volumes of Mr. Hâ—ckluits Voyages The Voyage of Captaine George Waymouth with two Fly-boâ—tes one of 70 th' other of 60. Tonnes 35 men victuaâ—led for 18 monethes set forth by the Muscovia and Tâ—â—kie Companies HE set forth the second of May 1602. hee went by the North made the Start or one of the Westmost Iles of Orkney it being low land bearing West in latitude 59 deg 30 min. he shapes a course betwixt N and West untill hee brings the Start North sayles away W and by N. in 59 deg 40 min. then steeres away W S W. in 57 deg 55 min. and there had no variation at all he hailed away Westward and had some fogge much raine but warme as in England 16 This day at noone he was 57 deg 35 min. and had not seene the Sunne or Moone in 76 houres before and now had variation 11 deg 18 He saw a great Iland of Ice in the afternoon he got sight also of the Southmost part of Groenland hee coasts this Ice to the North comming sometime into black water and presently the Sea would be cleare againe he could not game ground in 120 Fathoms neither could hee discerne any Current at which he reckons Cape Desâ—lation N N E 24 leagues off him 22 He was in 60 deg 37 min. latitude 27 The weather warme as in England he had great store of sea-Guls 28 He directs his course
Westwards and sees the land of America in 62 deg 30 min. makes it to be Warwickes foreland it was high-land and covered with snow with other small Ilands there was great store of Ice upon the forelands Eastside but the sea was altogether cleare the land lay N by E. about 6 leagues in length 29 He was beaten to the Southwards by N. E. winds and finds Warwicks foreland to be an Iland hee discovers Lumleys Inlet a great Current setteth to the West the greatest hope of a passage this way the weather was fogge and snow he had a great whirling of a Current in latitude 61 deg 12 leagues from the Coast of America The 1 of Julie was fogge and snow the ayre very cold hee traverst to and againe in many overfals but by his course hee could not discerne which way the Current set but most like to the West he travers'd therein 16 or 17 dayes and could find no ground in 120 fathome 2 He discernes a maine banke of Ice in 60 deg faire weather he lancht his boate and loaded her twice therewith to dissolve to fresh-water hee sets into many overfals alongst this coast of America which coast here he conceives to be broken land 3 The S W. he stands in with the coast of America and meets with Ice 10 leagues off the water blacke and thick as puddle 8 He had beate it to the Northward and descries the land of America in 60 deg 53 min. being very high it bore S W. covered with snow he was 5 leagues off but could not come neare it for Ice 9 A storme began at N E. he cleares himselfe of the land and Ice by standing to Southwards the storme continued so that he stood to the Southwards in forecourse 17 From the 9 to the 17 he was in traverse and heere he heard a fearefull noyse of Ice he had thicke weather his roapes and sailes all frozen 18 The wind N E. extreame cold and frost the ayre very cleere his roapes were froze and it froze so extreamely that it was a maine barre to his proceedings and destruction to his men 19 He stood to Eastward with wind N E. and the same night his men conspired to beare up the helme and keep him in Cabbin they shew the reason for so doing in writing by good chance he understands thereof and prevents them The Reasons That although it were granted that we might winter betweene 60 and 70 degrees of latitude with safety of lives and vessels yet it will be May next before we can dismure them to lanch out into the Sea and therefore if the Merchants should have purpose to proceed on the discovery of the N. W. parts of America the next yeare you may be in the foresaid latitude from England by the first of May and so be furnished better with men and victuals to passe and proceed in the foresaid action Seeing then that you cannot assure us of a safe harbour to the Northward wee purpose to beare up the helme for England yet with this limitation that if in your wisedome you shall thinke good to make any discovery it seemeth there were some with him understood more then himselfe either in 60 or 57 degrees with this Northwest winde wee will yeeld our lives with your selfe to encounter any danger thus much wee thought needfull to signifie as a matter builded upon reason and not proceeding upon feare or cowardice Then being in latitude 68 and 55 min. there was no meanes to perswade them but they would beare up the helme whereupon he came out of his Cabbin to enquire who was the cause they answered one and all hoysing up sayles and directing the course South by West 22 Hee sent for the chiefest of the Mutineeres and punished them severely this day hee came by an Iland of Ice both ships launcht their boates to fetch some to make fresh-water this Iland crackt two or three times as though it had beene thunder-clappes and it brake in sunder to the great danger of his boates the one being halfe laden with Ice 25 It blew hard the course West by South with fogge and was in latitude 61 degrees and 40 minutes and findes an Inlet in this latitude 27 The South-south-East wind blew very hard with fog and raine his course West 30 The wind came in a shower to West North-west and blew hard and because the yeare was farre spent and many men sicke in both Ships he thought good to returne with great hope of this Inlet to be a passage of more probability then Davis his Straights because he found it not pestred with Ice and a straight of 40 leagues broad he saith he sayled 100 leagues West by South into the Inlet he saith also he found the variation to be 35 degrees Westward and the needle to decline or rather incline Observe 83 Degrees and a halfe the 5 of Julie he was cleere off the Inlet the 6 South-east wind and fogge the 7 8 and 9th hee passed by many great Ilands of Ice discovered an Iland upon the coast of America latitude 55 degrees 30 minutes 14 He stood off and on this coast from the 5 untill the 14 had some foule weather and made some Ilands he stands into an Inlet in 56 degrees and had good hope of a passage for divers probable reasons I finde nothing more of note but that upon the Coast of America betwixt 55 degrees 30 and 50 minutes he observed two variations the one of 17 deg 15 min. the other 18 degr 12 min. the coast was voyd of Ice unlesse some great Ilands drive from the North and that the ship had like to have perished for want of spare decks one whirlewind he saw upon this Coast take up the Sea into the Ayre extreamely that hee was entred 30 leagues within one Inlet latitude 56 degrees where if the wind had come Northerly South or East but one day he had perished 4 He had sight of the Iland of Silly the next day hee came into Dartmouth The generall Observation He set forth the 2 of May and returned homewards the 30 of Iuly his greatest latitude wee can be certaine of was 63 deg 53 min. and passing the Grand Meridian betwixt Orkney and Desolation hee had no variation his greatest was 35 degrees Westward hee neither discovered nor named any thing more then Davis nor had any sight of Groenland nor was not so farre North nor can I conceive hee hath added any thing more to this designe yet these two Davis and he did I conceive light Hudson into his Straights nor did he try in so long time being to and againe upon the Coast of America for Davis his fishing having such abundance of the largest and best fed Cod-fish that he saw his ships were never separated which shewed that they were not greatly distrest Master Iames Hall of Kingston upon Hull Pilot Major of three Ships set forth by the King of
by espying certaine Worlockes which the Captaine had caused to be set as Beacons for to give him knowledge of their being In this his absence from the Admirall the Saluages had done them much violence the Captaine had taken three of of them whom he kindly intreated others of them he slew this evening he takes in his provision of fresh water He sets on land one young man to be left in the Countrey to his cruell fortune and this was done by expresse command of the State-holder of Denmarke before his comming sorth they also in the Pinnace set another on land both being malefactors giving of them small necessaries It may be those people lived a long time after and may bee yet living if the Salvages have not devâ—ured them he sets sailes and comes to Sea where he found much drift Ice with a high Sea which he thought to be a current setting through Fretâ—â—â— Davis to the Southward as by experience he proved for by observation this day at noone he was in Latitude 62 deg 40. m. whereas the day before he was in Latitude 66 deg 10 min. having made by account a S by W. way about 10 leagues this current he did find to set along the Coast of Groenland South by East 15 This day he was in Latitude 57 degrees the 16 day close weather he meetes with a mighty skull of Whales amongst drift Ice and meetes also a great current setting West North-west over for America This is the current found by Frobrisher comming from the East and butting upon the East-side of Groenland and doth strike along the Land to Cape Christianus otherwise called Cape Farewell 1 Hee met with a skull of Herrings so that he knew himselfe not farre from Orkney he was in Latitude 58 deg 40 m. and sounding had 42 fathomes very sandy ground with some blacke dents when shortly after and the same day in the evening he sounded againe and had but 20 fathomes dented ground he was neere the shore before he saw it for it was thicke weather 10 He came to Elsenore Rode in Denmarke The second Voyage of Master Iames Hall from Denmarke to the further discovery of Groenland with five Shippes observed 1606. â—7 HEe set forth from Copemanhaven and went betwixt Orkney and Shotland the 7 of Iuâ—e which day one of the Groenlanders dyed it seemed it was one of them he had brought from thence the yeare before 14 He accounteth himselfe to be 19 deg 45 min. from the Meridian of the Naes of Norway 14 He steereth away W. the wind S E. and thick weather he imagineth himselfe in 58 deg 10 min. Latit at which time by reason of a Northerly Current contrary to his expectation he had made a West way Southerly 22 leagues and then as he supposeth the Compasse varied West-ward one point 1 He sees land being 8 leag off with a great banke of Ice lying off the S W. end thereof he supposeth it to bee Busse Iland and that it lyeth more to the West-ward then it is placed in the Marine charts Steering away W by N. he was in a great Current setting S S. W. the which he did suppose did set betwixt Jseland and Busse I le over with America from hence he steeres away W N W. 6 He found himselfe to be in 58 deg 50 min. whereby contrary to his expectation he did plainly see the South-erne current to be the cause this Evening he found the Compasse to be varied 12 deg 5 min. West-ward this Night their Pinnace and Vice-admirall come foule of one another 8 He was in 59 deg 30 min. and findes still the Current and variation to carry him to the South-ward of West 10 He sees the Coast of America in Latit 60 deg 16 min. about 9 leagues off and findes the needle varied 23 deg W. the hill tops were covered with snow the shore to the N. full of Ice he had a Current set West into the shore and indangers him Had not a gale fresh at S West brought him off 18 Vntill this day he passed many Mountaines of Ice at Noone was in 63 deg 45 min. Latit 19 Being amongst much Ice and plying to get cleare saith he seeth the Land of America in 64 Latit it lay S and N. very high and ragged covered with Snow He findes still a strong Current to the West from the Latit 51. his Compasse was placed ¾ of a point to East-ward of N and was carried almost 4 points to West-wards beyond his judgment he found this Current to set W N W. the Compasse varied 23 degrees From the 20 vntill the 25. he passeth and traverseth over from the West side for Groyneland and had sight of Queene Annes Cape 10. leagues off 27. He seeth the Capes he named the last yeare as Cape Annt Cape Sophy the Foords also as Rumells foord Christianus foord and puts into Coninghams foord where he saith the Silver was The Salvages come on board and barter with them for Iron with Seale skinnes and Whale-fynne he searcht vp the Foord and findes it to be but a Bay with many greene and pleasant Ilands the people to the number of 25. followes them with their Boates some of his men on Land travailes vp the Mountaines and sees raine Deere 6 There fell some small difference amongst them about choosing of an anchoring place the water being deepe and they removing from their first Road-sted further vp the River where it floweth S E. and N W. in Latitude 66 deg 25. minutes 9 The Captaine went vp the River with his Boate where they came to see their winter Houses which were builded with Whales bones the baulkes thereof were of Whales ribbes and covered with Earth they had certaine vaults or roomes vnderground 4 square two yards deepe in the Earth The towne consisteth of about 40. houses they found the buriall of their dead the Corps wrapped in Seale-skinnes and stones laid in the manner of a Coffin over them This day they take 5 of the inhabitants to bring into Denmarke to be informed of their Country which they call Secaâ—â—nga and say that within the Land they have a great King who is carried vpon mens shoulders 10 They come forth of Rumels foord and in great danger got to Sea being inforced betweene certaine Ilands which lye off Cape Sophie 4 leagues into the Sea the last yeare he named them Knights Ilands being got there he came into 66. deg 50. min. Laâ—it W N W. from Cape Sophy 15 leag off 18 He goes within sight of shore being all high land like Ilands and great store of Ice betwixt him and the same 28 He coasted to and againe amongst Ice vntill this day having had a storme and meetes one of his Fleete which had beene separated from him he fell with two bankes of Ice and is 8 leag off Desolation by account but could not
shoare from the N E by â— to the W. by S. the N. 12 leagues off the W. part 20 leagues he had no ground at 180 fathomes and he thought hee see land bearing E N E. on the Suns side but could not make it perfectly here he found the latitude 62 deg 50. min. 2 This day he had sight of a Faire headland 6 leagues off which he called Salisburies Foreland he ran from thence W S W. 14 leagues in the midst of which he came in to a great whirling Sea whither caused by the meeting of a streames or overfals he knew not thence sayling W by S. 7 leagves farther he was in the mouth of a straight and had no ground at 100 fathomes the straight not being above 2 leagues broad in the passage in this Westerne part which from the Eastern part of Fretum Davis is distant 250 leagues 3 This day he put thorough this passage which was narrow after his men had been on land that did observe the flood-tide did come from N. flowing by the shore 5 fathoms After he had sailed West by South 10 leagues the land fell to the Southwards and the Iles to the West left him he observed and found himselfe in 61 d. 20 m. and a Sea from the Westwards He names the Cape on the Star-board C. Digges being an Iland that on the Larbord stands upon the maine named by him Cape Worstenholme here is all I finde extant of his owne writing although he lived untill Iuly following before he was exposed A large discourse of the said Voyage and the successe thereof written by Abacuk Pricket Who lived to come home They came to the Iles of Orkney and from thence to Farre one day being calme they fell to fishing and kild good store of God and Ling from thence they raise the Iles of Westmony in one of which the King of Denmarke hath a fortresse by which they passed to raise the Snow-hill-foote a mountaine so called on the N W. part of the land and in that course they see the famous Mount Hecla which cast out much fire a signe of foule weather to come they leave Island on sterne and met a maine of Ice lying upon the Northpart thereof which when they see they stood backe for a Harbour in Island called Derefer where he kild good store of Fowle from thence they put to Sea againe but the wind not serving he puts back againe into another harbour called Lowsie Bay heare they found a Bath so hot as would scald a Fowle He put forth for Groenland and thought he saw land but iâ— prooved a fog banke He raised Groenland but great store of Ice hung upon the land this land is Mountainous with hils like Suger loaves covered with Snow He coasted along betwixt W and N W. untill he saw Dissolation which is a great Iland on the N W. part of Groenland here he saw great store of Whales some came about and under the ship but did no harme From hence he directed his course N W. and would have hailed more Northerly if the winde would have suffered him in this course he see the first mountainous Ice about the last of June he raised the land N. off him he tooke the same to be that Iland which Capt. Davis set in his Chart on the W. side of this straight he would have gone to N. thereof but the winde would not suffer him so he fell on the Southside into a great ripling or overfall of a current into this current he went and made his way Northward off W. untill he met with Ice which hung on this Iland wherefore he cast about to the South and cleared himselfe and then stood to the W amongst some store of sloting Ice and upon the Ice store of Seales he still made way N W. and meetes sometimes with Ice and then againe cleare thus proceeding betwixt Ice and Ice he sees a great Iland of Ice overtumble which was a good warning to him not to come neere them the next day he had a great storme and was driven to put in amongst the Ice and there to lye some of his men fell sicke he will not say for feare though he see no other signe of griefe The storme ceasing he put from the Ice standing W S W and N W. and as the cleare Sea and Ice would suffer him seeing the sea thus continued he would seeke to the S. but the more he strove the worse he was for he was fast inclosed and began to dispaire as he after told this Writer hee thought he should never have got out of this Ice but there haue perished Wherfore he shewed him his Card that he was 100. leag further than ever any English man was and referred to their choyse to proceed further or no whereupon some wisht them at home others any where so from amongst the Ice but in this distraction there passed words which was thought upon long time after There was one told the Master that if he had a 100 pound he would give 90 therof to be at home but the Carpenter made answere and said if he had 100. he would not give 10 upon any such condition but would hold it as good money as ever he had any and by Gods leave to bring it as well home well to worke they goe and with labour get the ship cleare the sea being also cleere a league or 2 off the course now is N N W. in the end he raised high land at S. W. covered with snow and names it Desire provokes he heard the noyse of a great overfall of a tide that came out of the Land and now he could well discerne that formerly he had beene imbayed and that Time made his acquaintance so well knowne to the Ice that when wet fogge or foule weather came he should make fast to the broad peece of Ice and run and sport and fill sweete fresh water upon the same after he had brought this land to beare S off him he had a current or tyde to open the Ice being carried first one way and then another but in bayes they lay as in a pond without mooving in the Bay wherein he was thus troubled he see of those Icie mountaines on ground here was 120 and 140 fathomes of water and here he sees a Beare upon the Ice his men gave chase to him but lost him by the tydes carrying away the Ice the Beare was gone out of their reach He continued his course towards the North-West and raised land to the North and Ice where there was a Beare which came from Ice to Ice untill she came neere them and then she runne away hee stood along on the South side of this land meeting with Ice which seeing he stood into the shore and found a harbour in the West end of this Iland he went over one Rock of two fathomes and a halfe and at low water it was so much bare he names it
Cabbin which hee soone did then came John Thomas and Bennet before him while Wilson bindes his armes behind him he asked what they meant they told him that he should know when hee was in the Shallop now Iuet while this was doing came to John King into the hold who was provided for him for hee had got a sword of his owne and kept him at a Bay and might have killed him but others came to helpe him and so he came up to the Master the Master called to the Carpenter and tolde him that he was bound but he heard no answer made now Arnold Lodlo and Michell But railed at them and told them there knavery would show it selfe then was the Shallop hailed up to the ship side and the poore sicke and lame men were called up to get them into the Shallop the Master called to this writer who came out of his cabbine as well as he could to the hatch way to speake with him where on his knees he besought them for the love of God to remember themselves and to do as they would be done unto they bad him keep himselfe well and get him into his cabbine not suffering the Master to speak to him but when he came into his cabbin againe at the horn window which gave light into his cabbine the Mr. told him that Juet would overthrow them all nay said he it is that villaine Greene and spake it not softly Now was the Carpenter at liberty and asked them if they would be hanged when they came at home and as for himselfe he said he would not stay in the Ship unlesse they would force him they bid him go then for they would not stay him I will said he so I may have my chest and all that is in it they said he should and presently put it into the Shallop then came he to take his leave of this writer who perswaded him to stay which if he would he might so worke that all might be well but he answered that he did not thinke but that they would be glad to take them in againe for he was so perswaded by the Master that there was not one in all the ship that could tell how to carry her home but saith he if we must part which we will not willingly doe for they would follow the ship prayed him if they came to the Cape before them that he would leave some token that he had beene there neare to the place where the Fowles breed and he would doe the like for us and so with teares we parted now were the sick men driven out of their cabbines into the Shallop but Iohn Thomas who was Francis Clements friend and Bennet was the Coopers so as there was words betweene them and Henry Greene saying that they should goe and the other swearing that they should not goe but such as were in the Shallop should returne when Henry Greene heard that he was compelled to give place and to put out Arnold Lodlâ— and Michael But which with much a doe they did In the meane time there was some that plyed there worke as though the ship had beene entred by force and they had free leave to pillage breaking up chests and riâ—eling all places one of them came to this writer and asked him what they should doe who answered that they should make an end of what they had begun for he see him doe nothing but sharke up and downe now all the poore men in the Shallop as Henry Hudson Master Iohn Hudson his sonne Arnold Lodle Sirack Fenner Phillip Staffe the Carpenter Thomas Woodhonse Adam Moâ—re Henry King and Mâ—cheâ—â— But the Carpenter got of them a peice and powder and shot and some pikes an Iron pot with some meale and other things they stoode out of the Ice the Shallop being fast to the sterne of the Ship and so when they were high out for he cannot say they were cleane out they cut the head-fest from the sterne of their ship and then out went topsailes and stood to the E. in cleare Sea having lost sight of the Shallop in the end they tooke in top sailes righted their helme and lay in foresaile untill they had ransacked and searched all places in the Ship in the hold they found one of the vessels of meale whole and another halfe spent for they had but two they found also 2 firkins of butter some 27 peeces of porke and halfe a Bushell of pease but in the Mrs. cabbine they found 200 of Bisket Cakes a peck of meale of Beare to the quantity of a Butt now when it was said that the Shallop was again come within sight they let fall the maine saile and out top sailes and fly as from an enemy Then he prayed them to remember themselves but Wilson nor the rest would heare of no such matter comming high the E. shore they cast about to the W. and came to an Iland where they anckred in 16 fathoms and tries on shoare with the net for fish but could not drive for rockes Michaell Peirce killed two fowle and heare they found good store of weed called cockle grasse of which they gathered as in their wintering place and came on board they lay there that night and the most of the next day in which time they see not the Shallop nor ever after now came Heâ— Greene and told him that it was the companies will that he should go up into the Mrs. cabbine and take charge thereof he told him that it was more fit for Rob. Iuet he said he should not come in it nor meddle with the Mrs. Card nor Iournals so up he came and Hen. Greene gave the key of the Mrs. chest and told him that he had layde the Mrs. best things together which he would use himselfe when time did serve the bread was also delivered this writer by tale The winde serving they stand N E. and this was Bylots course contrary to Ivet who would have gone N West they had the E. shoare in sight and in the night had a stiffe gale of wind and stood before it untill they met with Ice and stoode amongst the same untill they were fast it was so thicke on head and the winde brought it so fast on a sterne that they could not stirre backewards and so laid there 14 dayes in worse plight then ever before they had beene where was great store yet it lay not so broad upon the water as this for this sloating Ice continued miles and halfe miles in compasse having a deepe Sea and a tyde of flood setting S E. and N W. but Bilâ—t was confident to goe through to the N E. as he did At length being cleare of the Ice he continued his course in sight of the East shore untill he had raised 4 Ilands which lay North and South but past them 6 or 7 leag where the wind tooke them short they stood backe to them againe and came to anckor betweene 2 of the
for that they had so promised him by signes the last day Now when wee came they made signes to their Dogs whereof there were many like Mongrels as bigge as Hounds and pointed to the Mountaines and to the Sunne clapping their hands Then Henry Greene John Thomas and William Wilson stood hard by the Boats head Michael Pierce and Andrew Motter were got upon the Rocks a gathering of Sorrell not one of them had any Weapon about him not so much as a stick save Henry Greene onely who had a piece of a Pike in his hand nor saw he any thing they had to shoot him with Henry Greene and Wilson had Looking glades lewes-trumps and Bells which they were shewing the Salvages standing round about them one of them came into the Boats head to shew him a Bottle This Writer made signes unto him to get him ou shore but he made as though he had not understood him whereupon he stood up and pointed him on shore In the meane time another stole behind to the sterne of the Boat and when he saw him on shore that was on the Boats head hee sate downe againe but suddenly hee sawe the leggs and feete of a man by him wherefore hee cast up his head and sawe the Salvage with his knife in his hand who stroke at his Brest over his head hee casting up his arme to save his brest the Savage wounded his arme and stroke him into the body under his right Pap the Salvage stroke a second blow which he met with his left hand and then stroke him into the right thigh and had like to have cut off his little finger of his left hand Now this Writer had got hold of the string of the knife and had wound it about his left hand he striving with both his hands to make an end of that he had begun found the Salvage but weake in the gripe God enabling him getting hold of the sleeve of his left arme he see his left side lay open to him which when he saw he put his sleeve of his left arme into his left hand holding the string of the knife fast in the same hand and having got his right hand at liberty hee sought for somewhat wherewith to strike him not remembring his Dagger at his side but looking downe he saw it and there with strooke the Salvage into the body and throat Whilst he was thus assaulted in the Boat their men were set upon on the shore John Thomas and William Wilson had their bowells cut and Michael Pierce and Henry Greene being mortally wounded came tumbling into the Boat together When Andrew Moter saw this medley hee came running downe the Rock and leaped into the Sea and so swam to the Boat and hung at her sterne untill Michael Pierce took him in who manfully made good the Boats head against the Salvages that pressed sore upon them Now Michael Pierce had got an Hatchet with which hee stroke one that hee lay sprawling in the Sea Henry Greene cried coragiâ— and laid about him with Trunchion this Writer cryeth to cleere the Boats head and Andrew Motter cryeth to bee taken in the Salvages betake them to their Bowes and Arrowes which they sent so amongst them that Henry Greene was slaine outright and Michael Pierce received many wounds and so did the rest Michael Pierce cleareth the Boat and put it from the shore and helpeth Andrew Motter in but in the clearing of the Boat Pricket received a cruel wound on his back with an Arrow Michael Pierce and Motter rowed away the Boat which when the Salvages sawe they came to their Boats which they feared they would have lanched to have followed them but they did not their Ship was in the middle of the Channell and yet could not see them all this time Now when they had rowed a good way from the shore Pierce fainted and could rowe no more then was Motter driven to stand in the Boats head and wave to the Ship which at first sawe them not and when they did they could not tell what to make of them but in they stood for them and so tooke them up Greene was throwne into the Sea the rest was taken into the Ship the Salvage being yet alive but without sence That day dyed Wilson cursing and swearing in most fearefull manner Michael Pierce lived two dayes and then dyed Thus have you had the tragicall end of Greene and his 3. Mates being the lustiest men in all the Ship The poore number that was left was to ply the Ship to and againe in the mouth of the Straits for there was no anchoring and besides they were to goe in the Boat to kill Fowle to bring them home which they did with great danger for if the winde blew there was an high Sea and the Eddie of the tide would carry the Ship so neere the Rocks as it feared the Master for so now they call By lot After which great labour and on the South Cape they had killed 300. Fowle they stood to the East but the wind came East and put them back againe to the Capes where they killed 100. Fowles at length a West winde drives them homewards for the most par along the North side of the Streight untill he fell into broken gâ—ound about the Queenes Forland and there anchored and â—â—om thence he came to Gods mercies and from thence to those Ilands that lye in the mouth of the Straits but not seeing the land untill they were ready to runne their Bowsprit against the Rocks in a fogge but it cleered a little and then they might see themselves inclosed amongst Rockie Ilands and could finde no ground to anchor in They lie a trye all night and the next day the fogge continues they seeke for ground to anchor in but found none under 100. Fathoms The next day he weighed againe and stood to the East and now they are brought to the allowance of halfe a Fowle a day yet they had some meatleft and nothing else and now were glad to burne of the feathers for sowing of the skins which before they sleaed off the Fowle because they will not pull nor the garbidge also was not throwne away He saith that after they were cleare of those Ilands which lie out with two points one on the South East and the other on the North making a Bay to the sight as if there were no way through hee continued his course East South East and South East thinking to raise desolations from thence to shape his course from Ireland though Ivet perswaded to goe for New-found-land hoping there to have reliefe amongst our Countrymen but in Latitude 57. degrees the winde came South West and so it was thought fit to seek for food where some grew viz Ireland and so the course was directed In which time they were fain to frie their Fowles bones in Candle tallow putting vinegar thereto which was stirred amongst them and every man had
noone the weather was close and began to blow hee was then 15. Leagues N. N. W. from the Cape he doth not write whether true course or no but in all the former Hopes Advance unto this Cape I have writ by him according to the true course and had 95. Fadome which made him assure himselfe that the Land winded a way more northerly and thereupon at noone hee stood away N. E. and by N. hoping that course would have bettered his depth but on the contrary for in 2. glasses he shoalded to 60. Fathoms then he hayled away E. S. E. assuring what experience had often shown him that as the water shoalded so the Land winded At 3. in the afternoone the weather thick the wind increasing and hee in 60. Fathome knowing there was no better depth to the N. ward hee stood E. S. E. till 8. at night having 50. Fathome the weather bad and night at hand hee stood about and kept it up with short sayle all that night betweene S. W. and by W. and W. S. W. From midnight till 7. this morning as from 8. last night till midnight thus standing brought him into 80. fathom he cast about to the Eastward with much winde at S. S. W. hazy and thick weather he heeled it up in courses and Bonnets till clock 2. they being starke calmed as it is a speciall note every Blower ends with a starke calme in those parts being then in 65. fathom E. he anchored and rid untill 4. in the evening when a smal gale rising at S. S. W. he waighed and stood S. E. guiding himselfe by his depth for the winde would not give him leave to better his hopes 17. From midnight to 8. this morning as the night before after that time there is small worth the Luke to write upon thaverse and his greatest depth 140. fathom untill the next day in the afternoone and then he had sight of the same Cape he sent his Boat unto the 14. day before It bore from him N. N. W. by compasse about 7. leagues so he steered S. S. W. untill midnight having runne since he set sayle at 2. in the afternoone 10. leagues S. E. and by E. Concluding he writeth that he came to 43. fathom which shoalding was upon the North part of the Iland he watered upon and that this Iland and the said Cape where his Boat was at the 14. day lyeth S. S. E. ½ Easterly and N. N. W. ½ Northerly about 10. leagues betweene both This morning day light he see the land bearing from S. W. by S. at which time he had 65. fathom 19. From 2. this morning untill noone he made away E. â—8 by N. 10. leagues At 7. he saw land on head at least 12. leagues of him he judged it to bee the high land of the Maine within Sir Dudley Diggs his Iland and yet to beare of him as it did it was strange unto him but he saith that Captaine Gibbons confidence was such as that hee must not let passe unspoken of for albeit that hee is so neere in blood as that modestie will not allow of his speaking too much of his merit yet hee will boldly say thus much of his sufficiency as hee assures himselfe he shall make it appeare at his returne if God please to let him live so long as that he is not short of any man that ever yet he carried to Sea All that he can say of him further is that for his Countries good and for the advancement of this businesse we have in hand he could wish his body were answerable to his other abilities which were it not himselfe but many and bis Country most would bee the better for it But that God that made us all of dust will not faile to raise up some good spirits he hopes for the further prosecution of this businesse as that by their honest endeavours and religious Resolutions they will effect that which as yet is not ripe for his Sickle but that God which best knowes what the truth of his endeavours have beene in this businesse he hopes will not faile to give a blessing to some that shall follow and for his part he desires to be blest no otherwise than as he hath sincerely laboured in it and therefore he must conclude and ever beleeve according to the word that Paul plants Apollo waters and God gives the increase So that untill his good will and pleasure is all that we doe cannot in this ought else prevaile At noone the weather faire and cleare he had a good observation by which Captaine Gibbons was well assured but himselfe and some others discenting from him in the bearing of the land from them were deceived in the set of the tyde which in his going out last yeere mightily carried him to the Northward as now as much to the Southward which then nor till now was not found by any of them all He steered open of the Land N. N. E. with tyde 5. leagues untill evening 4. and at 2. he had 307. fathom At 6. in the evening small winde C. Wolstenholme bore S. E. 7. leagues of the Westerne point of the westerne Iland S. E. by S. ½ S. 5. leagnes off he kept it up that he might get about the Westermost point of Nottinghams Iland it lying 8. leagues from Diggs his Iland there thinking to trie the tyde and from thence he purposed to goe to the N. maine betweene Salisbury and Nottinghams Ile to try the distance betweene them it being all he could doe for this yeere About 8. this morning the weather thick and he not above 4. leagues from Ile Nottingham in 64. fathom he anchored and as he remembreth to his comfort being ebbe hee found it a very strong one from S. S. E. to S. E. and by S. At noone slack it was a fresh gale at S. W. hee waighed to get about to the Westward of the Iland about 2 it blew hard and was thick weather with raine and thunder and within a mile of the shore It fell starke calme upon a sudden then he was iu a great ripling in 20. fathom water the Sea all breaches round about him like a Raffe which deserying he stood off with little winde along the Iland and found his drift more in lesse then in one Glasse Then hee could run a head before with both top-sayles on trip and a stiffe gale in 2. houres hee came to anchor to be fully satisfied of the tyde But when the tyde came it came with such force strength out of the N. W. and by N. as hee had much adoe to ride at and could not have ridde it had not he steered the ship all the tyde time the â—ight hee writes did comfort him for what was to be done hereafter for by the course of this tyde and hâ—s owne knowledge of the land being to the Westward of that place 200. leagues is 86. on the Sea and might very
well say one degree more on land to the Northward hee then saw good reason for it At 8. this night the weather being a little cleere with ebbe he wayed and plied to windward to get about the N. W. end of the Iland and being about the West point the ebbe being dâ—ne he saw another point open upon him that bore N. the winde at N. W. in 33. fathoms the weather thick and bad he anchored where in lesse than one houre the tyde of flood came most strong as before from N. W. and by N. whereby he concluded having brought the Northerne point N. from him thaâ— it was the true Channell tyde for had it beene otherwise it would have come as the land lay which was N. but now being open of the land and finding it to come from the N. W. and by N. he faith in his judgement that course and N. N. W. must direct whomsoever shall seeke this passage hereafter And the rather to continue himselfe in this opinion he now to late found that those that were this way first himselfe the last yeere were all of them deceived of the set of the tyde within Sir Dudley Diggs his Iland for there they found it come more Westerly which was caused by many broken Ilands that lye to the Westward of it which he never sawe untill his returne homewards And upon this tyde if I can judge saith he we cannot be deceived for this caveat he doth give to whomsoever shall succeed him in this discovery That whensoever he loseth his strong tyde or finds ground in 200. fathoms let himselfe he is out of his direct course for finding of this Voyage So this his experience upon his unhappy counter-course taught him that whensoever it is to be found it must bee in deepe water and in a strong tyde and in this course that he took he hopes it will not be imputed an errour of his for what he did in the directing of it for it was to follow the letter of his instructions For albeit he was precisely tyed to stand with Hudsons Westerland in 58. d. yet he never came much to Leeward of 61. d. till he was encountered with land 200. leagues Westward from Sir Dudley Diggs his Iland How much in effect I received in a Manuscript from Sir Thomas Roe besides divers others towards the furtherance of my Voyage But further from Abacuk Pricket who saith they came not through the maine Channell of Fretum Hudson nor thorow Lumleys Inlet but that he came through into the Mare Hyperborum betwixt those Ilands first discovered and named Chidleys Cape by Captaine Davis and the North part of America called by the Spaniards who never saw the same Cape Labradorr but it is meet by the N. E. point of America where there was contention amongst them some maintaining against others that them Ilands were the Resolution which Josias Hubbart withstood untill he stood himselfe into the danger of displeasure but at length it proved a new streight and a very straight indâ—ed to come through which resolved all doubts but hereupon all their plots and Iournalls This part which came unto my hands I have writ thinking there may be some that will protract the same he met no Ice in his home comming untill he came into Fretum Hudson and but little there Iournals more taken from them and therefore who doth desire any further satisfaction from this Voyage must seeke it from Sir Thomas Button onely Pricket saith that they were at home in 16. dayes Concerning the Voyage of Captaine Gibbons with a Ship called the Discovery vitled for 12. Monethes in the yeare 1614. LIttle is to be writ to any purpose for that hee was put by the mouth of Fretum Hudson 28 with the Ice driven into a Bay called by his Company Gibbons his hole in Latitude about 57. upon the N. E. part oâ— Stinenia where hee laid 10. weekes fast amongst the Ice iâ— danger to have beene spoyled or never to have got away so as the time being lost hee was inforced to returne The Voyage of Robert Bilot yet forth by Sir Dadley Diggs Mr. Iohn Wolstenholm Alde man Iones 16. 15. in the discovery of 55. tunnes burthen Written by William Baffine THis Robert Bylot had beene in this ship all tâ—â— 3. voyages before viz. Hudson as you finde by Pricket Sir Thomas Button and Gibbons and therefore was a man well experienct that way his company consisted of 16. men and 2. boyes he anchored in Lee read the 18. Aprill 6 Vpon this day he had sight of Groenland on the East side of Cape Farewell that night he had a great storme but hee kept southerly to get cleare of the Ice that lay on shore Hee kept his course untill the 17. day seeing many great Ilands of Ice some doth affirme that there is not above one 7. part of the Ice above water saith Baffine hee observed one peece to be 140. Fathome above water this day hee came to the firme Land of Ice as hee supposed being in 61. 16. the Latitude of the S. part the I le Resolution then hee asked opinion concerning putting in amongst the Ice saying the Sea was on the N. side of the South channell and much Ice hee must passe and if he could get but 2. or 3. Leagues within the Ice it would open every Tyde and so hee should get something on his way having all the channell to the S. on him and with this resolution he put in W. E. N. E. wind this first entrance Baffine liked not well finding scarce a place to put the Ships-head into being 30. Leagues from any Land towards evening they were fast amongst the Ice 22. Sometimes ere day the Ice would something open and so made what way hee could to the N. W. in for the shore untill this day the wind all South yet hee could see plainely so that he seekt to the Southward doe what he could This day the wind came up at N. N. W. and hee determined to stand forth againe for if the wind had come'd at N. E. it had beeene impossible for him to have fetcht any part of the channell againe for he thought he drave fast to the southward with South wind yet he had not seene the Land 23. Hee was also determined to spend 20. or 24 dayes in Fretum Davis to see what hopes would bee that wayes supposing there would be little good done in Hudsons straights for the time limited hee plyed to get to Sea-ward and at Clock 8. in the night hee was cleared from the Ice hee then changed his opinion and stood to the N. all hee could as the Ice would give him leave câ—mming 30. Leagues to N. E. by N. in Latitude 61. d. 50. m. at Clocke 6. the wind came N. N. E. 26. This day was faire and coole but the after noone was close and hazie hee tooke in his sayles and held untill
and enforced to set saile the wind at E. and came about to N. E. with fowle weather he stood away towards Sea Horse Point he was perswaded that there might be a passage betweene that Land and the Land they called Swan Iland so this afternoone hee saw both Sea Horse Point and I le Notingham the distance betwixt both is not above 15. or 16. Leagues they lye one from another S. E and N. W. 28. In the morning he saw Sea Horse Point and the Land to stretch away W. S. W. so far as he saw and with Ice wherefore he tackt about and stood away S. E. and by S. 29. This day 11. he came to anchor at Diggs his Iland having yery foule weather at this place where he rod it lyeth open to the W. having 2. of the greatest Iles to breake off the fore of the flood Tyde for after the water was risen an houre and a halfe by the shore then would the Ships ride truly on the tide of flood all the Tyde after now the time of high water on the change is at ½ past 10. or thereabouts This day was faire weather he wayed stood close by Diggs his Iland where presently he perswaded the Salvages to bee close upon the Rocks but when they saw he had espied them divers of them came running down to the water side calling to him to come to anchor which he would have done if hee could but in this place the water was so deep an it is hard to find a place to ride in which seeing he lay to and againe with the ship whilst some of his men with the Boat killed about 70. Fowles for in this place is the greatest store of those fowles which we call Willicks that in few places else is not to be seen for if need were he might have killed many thousand almost incredible to those that have not seene it here he had sufficient proofe of other tyde but when his Boate returned he set sayle homewards The Observation He set forth the 18. of April he saw the land of Groynland the 6. of May he made Resolution the 27. whereon the N. side he found a good Harbor where it flowes an E. S. E. moone and neere 4. fatho he found people at Salvage Isles he was much troubled but especially at Mill Isle he made Cape Comfort and found a tyde but knew not from whence it come The land to the N. treads about him to N. E. by E. the water the farther Northward was but more shallow dirty he returnes homewards the 10. of Iuly his greatest deep at 180. fathoms In his returne at Sea-horse Point he and al his people saw that plainly the tyde came from S. E. as also at Isle Nottingham he broke in a planck and timber of his ship amongst Ice he might have killed thousands of Fowle at Diggs his Island his greatest Variation was 27. d. 46. m. his greatest Lat. was 65. d. 25. m. he saw many Sea Mors at Cape Comfort his Longitude from London was 86. d. 10. m. This day he was forced to anchor 30. leagues within Resolution upon the N. shore the next day he weighed and the 5. day he passed by Resolution but see it not He had sight of Cape Cleere in Ireland He came into Plimouth all his men alive but 3. sick which presently recovered The next yeere being againe imployed in discovery amongst other Instruments he received this For your course you must make all possible hast to Cape Desolation from thence your William Baffyn as Pilot keep along the Coast of Greenland and Fretum Davis untill you come towards the height of 80. if the land will give you leave then for feare of imbaying by keeping off to Northerly a course shape your course W. and Southerly so far as you shall thinke it convenient untill you come to the Lat. of 60. then direct your course to fall with the land of Yed 30. about that height leaving your further sayling Southward to your owne discretion according to the time of the yeere and the winds will give you leave although your desire be if the Voyage be so prosperous that you may have the yeere before you that you goe so far Southerly as that you may touch the N. part of Iapon from whence as from Yedzo if you can see to passe it without danger wee would have you to bring home one of the men of the Country and so God blessing you with all expedition to make you returne home againe Master Baffyne his Letter to the right Worshipfull Sir Iohn Wolitenholme one of the chiefe Adventurers for the discovery of a passage to the North west VVOrthy Sir there needs no filling a Iournall or short Discourse with Preamble circumstance or complement and therefore I will onely tell I am proud of my remembrance when I expresse your worth to my capacity and galâ— of any good fortune when I can avoyde the imputation of ingratitude by acknowledgeing your many favours and seeing it is not unknowne to your Worship in what estate the businesse concerning the North West hath beene heretofore and how the onely hope was in searching Fretum Davis which if your selfe had not beene the more forward the Action had wel-nigh beene left of Now it remaineth for your Worship to know what hath beene performed this yeare wherefore I intreat you to admit of my custome and pardon me if I take the plaine high-way in relating the particulars without using any refined Phrases or eloquent speeches Therefore briefly thus and as it were in the Fore-front I entred to shew the whole proceeding of the Voyage in a word as namely there is no Passage nor hope of Passage in the North of Davis Straight Wee having coasted all or neere all the Circumference thereof and finde it to be no other then a great Bay as the Voyage doth truely show therefore I cannot but much admire the worke of the Almighty when I consider how vaine the best and chiefest hopes of men are in things uncertaine and to speake of no other matter than the hopefull passage to the North West How many of the best sort of men have set their whole endeavours to proove a passage that way not onely in their Conference but also in writing and publishing the Worke Yea what great summes of money having beene spent about the Action as your Worship hath costly experience of Nâ—ither would the Vaine-glorious Spaniard have scattered abroad so many false Mappes and Iournals if they had not beene confident of a passage this way that if it had pleased GOD a passage had beene found they might have eclipsed the worthy prayse of the Adventurers and true Discoverers And for mine owne part I would hardly have beleeved the contrary untill my eyes became witnesses of that I desired not to have found still taking occasion of hope on very likelihood till such time as wee had coasted almost all the Circumference of
a travis And above all the variation of the compasse whose wonderfull opperation is such in this Bay encreasing and decreasing so suddainely and swift being in some part as in Wolstenholmes and Smiths Sound varied above 5. points or 56. d. a thing almost incredible and almost matchiesse in all the world besides so that without great care and good observations true description would not have beene had In fine whatsoever my labours are or shall be I esteeme too little to expresse my thankfull mind for your many favours wherein I shall be ever studious to supply my other wants by my best endeavours and ever rest at your worships command William Baffyn The Journalls of his Voyage set forth at the charge of the right worshipfull Sir Thomas Smith Knight Sir Dudley Diggs Knight Mr. Iohn Wolstenholme Esquier and Mr. Alderman Ioanes with others in the Discovery Robert Bylot Mr. himselfe Pilot. 1616. HE set from Gravesend and went about by the W. by Ireland and the first Land hee saw was within Fretum Davies in 65. degrees 20. minutes on the 14. May the forenoone and 6. of the people being on fishing came to him to whom hee gave small peeces of â—ron and they keeping him company with great love suppose he had intended to come to anchor but when they see him stand off from shore they followed a while and then went away discontented as he thought Hee prosecuted his voyage being loth to Anchor as yet although the wind was contrary but plyed to the N. ward untill he came into 70. d. 20. m. there he entred a faire sound neere Cape Davies his London coast the people espying him with great wonder and gazing fled away in their Boates and after this night hee saw them no more yet they left there Dogs running to and fro upon the Iland At this place hee stayed two dayes taking in water and doing things needfull the Tydes not rising above eight or nine foote made him dislike of the passage it floweth ¼ past 9 upon the change day the Tyde commeth from the South At N. Sun hee set saile and plied to the Northward with flood Tyde Hee found a dead Whale about 26. Leagues from the shoare hee made fast to her and got some sinne out of her the next day he was enforced by storme to leave her having stood from her not above 3. Leagues N. W. hee came toIce then and tackt into the shoare againe and a great storme ensued This day he came faire by Hope Saunderson Captaine Davies his farthest betweene 72. d. and 73. that evening at N. Sunne hee came to Ice which hee put into plying all the next day to get through He was cleere off the Ice and not farre fromshoare the wind North East hee put in amongst divers Ilands the people seeing him fled away leaving behind and under a small Rock hidden two young Maids or women the Ship riding not farre off the Master with some others went on Land they making signes to bee carried to the Iland where their Tents were there adjoyning When they came there they found two old women more the one to estimation 80. yeares the other younger there was also one woman with a child at her back who had hid her selfe amongst the Rocks untill the other had told her how kindly they had used them in giving them peeces of Iron and other trifles in change whereof they gave them Seale skins other things they had none save dead Seales and fat and blubber which the poore women were very diligent to carry to the Boate and put into their Casks making shew that the men were over at the Maine and at another small Iland something more Eastward then they made signes to them that hee should shew them his shippe and set them where the men were the foure youngest came into their Boat and when they were in the Shippe they much wondred and they gave them of his meate which they taâ—ing would not eate two of them hee set to the Iland where they found the men to be the other two he set to their Tents againe those thâ—â— went to seeke the men could not find them but came backe to the Ship againe and were set over to the other side This place they called Womens Iland it lyeth in 72. degrees 45. minutes the Flood commeth from the S. ward at deepe Tydes the water 〈…〉 not above 6. or 7. foote S. S. E. Mâ—one 〈…〉 full â—â—â— the â—nhabitants being very poore living châ—eâ—ely upon Seales flesh dried which they eate raw and cloâ—â—â— themselâ—es with the skinnes as also they doe cover their Tents and Boates therewith which they can dresse very well the women differ from the men in apparell and are marked in the face with divers black streakâ—s or lines the skinne having beene raised with some sharpe Instrument when they were young and black colour put therein so growne in that by no meanes it can be got forth Concerning their Religion he saith little onely they have a kind of worship or adoration to the Sunne to which they will point striking their hand upon their breasts and crying Elyoute there dead they bury on the sides of the hills where they he making a pile of stones over them yet not so thick but that he could see the dead body the aire being so piereing that it keepeth them from stincking savour so likewise hee hath seene there doggs buried in the same manner This day hee set saile from thence with faire weather the wind contrary yet hee plyed it up betweene the Ice and shoare as it hath beene in a channell of 7. or 8. Leagues broade on the 9 〈…〉 was in 74. â— â— much pestered with Ice neere â— small Ilands lying 8. Myles from shoare where hee anchored Those Ilands hee taketh to bee frequented by people at the latter end of the yeare as it seemed by the houses and places where their Tents had stood but as yet they were not come the flood Tyde was very small not rising above 5. or 6. foote yet the ebbe runneth with indifferent stream caused by the melting snow from off the mountaines Seeing that as yet hee could not proceed hee determined to stand in for the shore there to abide untill the â—ee were more consumed which he plainely saâ—â— to wast very fast hee came to anchor 73. 45. m. here hee continued 3. dayes without any shew or signe of people This day there came 42. of the Inhabitants in their Canoes they gave him Seale skinns and many peeces of the horne of Vnicorne and shewed him divers peeces of Ice Mors teeth making signes that to the N. ward were many of them hee gave them in exchange thereof peeces of Iron glasses and Beads 4. severall times they repayed to him bringing alwayes of those commoditie aforesaid by reason whereof he called this place Horne Sound Here hee staid 6. dayes and on this day at night sets sayle with
Seamors teeth Vnicornes horne or Whale Finne Plants Herbes or any thing Spungy fleet out of the Sea if you finde Scurvie grasse Orpin or Sorrill bring them all on board to me Seventhly If you will goe above the full Sea marke looke for scoting of wilde Beasts by that or their dung you may imagine what they are if Deere doe not chase them into the land for feare of being betrayed for the people in those parts are all treacherous how faire soever they intreat you remember also that the losse of you or the boate is the utter overthrow of the whole Voyage Eightly If you finde of their Tents and they fled doe no harme to any of their buildings but bring with you the most things of marke leaving in the same place a peece of Iron Moneths Iuly bigger or lesser as you estimate the same to be of worth unto us and so neare as you can chuse a beach or sandy Bay to land in for there you shall espie most likelihood of Inhabitants Ninthly leave one Carbine one Lance and one short Sword to defend the boat with whose tow keepers you shall give charge that if either they shall espie any token from the ship as striking the maine Topsaile Mison and Spritsaile Gunshot or Firesmoke or be assaulted by any the Inhabitants that then they shall discharge the said Carbine To the first intent that you repaire with speed on board to the second for their rescue and your own saftie when you come cleerein the tydes way try it as before in the 4 article the rest is referred to your own discretion so I pray God for your safe returne This morning at clocke 6. the wind came faire the weather Da 4 like to be thicke and raine I beckoned them to come on board but they saw me not at their departing the dawning being cleare the Ayre calme and it was within an houre of Sun-rising the Sea smooth the ship nearer the shoare then at any time before since we came into the passage and the whole day towards I would not loose this opportunity to send to land the boat after 5 houres they returned and gave account that it was flood-tide about clocke 5. and that they thinke it flowed halfe an houre the land lay N N W. in this time with the ship we drive by an Iland of Ice a ground in 50 fathome they found where people had been of old their Tent walls were of stones laid one upon another square built found one knife haft three severall sorts of herbes but my Chirurgion knew not what they were one peece of drift wood they found the dung and footing of Deere lately made and if they may be beleeved they affirme that in ¼ of an houre it did flow above 4 foot water and that it had above 5 fathomes upright to flow to the full Sea marke which they could easily perceive by the beach they being forced to rowe and saile 4 miles before they could come to a place to land at this E S E. wind blew on with stiffe gale and durt at noone it fell thicke raine and continued untill 4 next day morning in which time wee made way neare 30 leagues in cleare Sea and then had like to have beene imbayed which Ices lyeth thick off Prince Henries Foreland the South land bearing round from W N W. ½ Westerly to 108 degrees Southwards to cleere which wee were Moneths July glad to put tackes a board and turne it â—orth to the Northwards whereit was cleare of Ice This morning the Sun was vailed with drisling raine I stood Da 5 over for the N. shoare the Master would have perswaded me to stand over for the S. saying the Capes on the S. which wee had seene were Savage Ilands so named by Bylot this being after wee had an observation of 62 deg 40 min. we had some circumstance about it but he went away well satisfied and it proved as I tolde him for at night wee had Savage Ilands N but noe land Northward in sight This evening the Sunne set with a weather gall opposite and Zephyrus blewe on a pretty gale at the same instant the lead was wet in 150. fathomes the line having 20. fath straie to the E. and I thought the Tyde set W. the most of this day I stood away N W. but was glad sometime to alter course to the N. for Ice for the S. land lay all full this day hath bin very hot Before this S. wind came Da 6 I did thinke the wind had blowne either right up or right downe the passage viz. E. or W. as for the most part it doth the W. is cleare faire and hot Sun-shine but the aire is cold when it Veereth about as once in 3. dayes and by the S. it is either thick raine soft sleet or warme fog the wind E. or thereabout these done he changeth to the W. againe bringing the weather faire as before I did thinke that this day the Tide set forth this morning we saw Cape Charles 12 leag off S S East The Sunne did rise cleare at clocke 8 came on a Fogge and Da 7 continued unto one wee had store of ice to the S. off us then it cleared and we were come to the Westward amongst much ice and had sight of a high Iland bearing W. about 6 or 7. leag off wee saw also the high land of the N. maine 12 leag off The Sun set valed and we had no ground at 150 fath it fell to raine and I tooke in both topsailes and stood to and againe among the Ice This morning was cold with some snow and the W. wind Da 8 blew hard we made the ship fast to a great peece of yce which she plowed through the rest by force of the Gale although we had made her as snug as we could at Noone we were in 63 deg 31 min. now the wind calmed and I made loose and stood to the N. and at Sun setting I had sight of the N. Maine Moneths Iuly againe the Sun ser cleare this evening This mornings Sun raise cleare and I stood to the N close Da 10 to an Iland nere the Maire which Iland at my returne I named Ile Nicholas from which with a S W. wind I stood over to the Southward and stood with the Iland I saw the 7th day before I hoped it would prove Salisbury this day ended wee made fast againe for all this North Channell was thick with ice upon which we silled 2 hoggsheads with fresh water I loosed againe and with a small gale came within 4 miles of Salisburies Iland for it can be no other it is high land but not clifled I caused to make fast againe for that nere the land and the middle Channell was all full of ice and no ground at 120 fath and untill 6. the tide set Westward and then it returned what tide it was I could not discerne although I came so nere the land
and Iland in 30 fathomes the tyde went E. 2 knots the land lay E and West but I could not fully say it was an Iland for it lay like a Ridge or to Simily it like to the Retyres in the mouth of the River of Saine in Normandie I do hold that all those peeces of ice here are ingendered about those low Capes and Bayes as Mansils also is where easie tides goe they are soone frose over the Snow falling there on thickneth them so that by degrees they increases the Pettiedancere brought nor sent us any storme this night ended in raine and it was easie wind from the E N E. Wee made from the Ice this morning to stand to the land Da 21 we see last night it was ebbe tyde and set to the E. and I plide alongst it to find a fit place for the boate to land in it was iust at low water for they were glad to stay the setting of their glasse untill the tyde began to flowe And after that time clock 10. they staied untill it began to fall viz. 4 houres and so I accounted on shipboard riding upon 6 fath nere shoare the water so transparent as you might easily see the bottome the ice comming upon us we weyed Anchor the wind came gently from the N. we stood it upon the tyde to and againe along the land loofing and wareing from ice which came driving with the flood At their comming on board their accompt was this that the tyde did flowe but 4. howres and that it heightned but 6. foote and this was 2 dayes after the Coniunction of the Sunne and Moone so that the flood began at ½ past 10. and ended at ½ past 2. by this a South and by W. Moon makes a full Sea and the tydes motion ends with the flowing assuredly this was Carie Swans nest for both from East and West ends it stretcheth to the North our men chast Swans on shoare but got none they say there is earth strange Mosse Quag-myres and water plashes at clocke 4. I tocke leave and stood along from 6. fathomes into 30 loosing sight thereof and from thence I stood to the Westward◠with North-West wind close haled leaving both th◠Cape and the Ice behinde mee for the Sea Mors to sleepe upon there being good store thereabout Moneths July From the Cape or Swannes Nest this noone-tyde I was Da 22 16 leagues and one mile no ground at 70 fathomes for I was loth to stay the ship at any time me thought sayling had been uncouth but at 4 this morning I had 90 fathomes owzy ground thicke weather the wind easie and shifting betwixt N and N W. my way was to Southward of West This Meridian I was in 61 deg 37 min. at 8 the last day I Da 23 tooke the ship about and made way untill this day 12 11 leagues 2 miles N W. ½ W. it hath beene a faire cleare day easie winds the ayre warme and no Ice since I came into this Sea I did but thinke I saw land at N E. by E. This smooth Sea hath a small set from the West with lippering rising and falling as other Shallow Seas use to have the deepe last night was 115 fathomes I made way to this day 12 N W. by W. ½ W. 13 leagues This close morning hid the Sunne untill noone we being Da 24 in 120 fathomes the afternoone was cleare and gently breathed from W N W. I have not tryed for fish in this Sea as I did in Fretum Hudson where I got none I thanke God here we have not the like leisure here are some Seales but few Fowles the latitude of noone was 62 deg 20 min. here appeares to be more Riplins of Tyde the variation by Azimuth and Almicanter was 26 deg 31. min. at most the Sunne went cleare to bed and at midnight we had 60 fathomes deepe This morning Amplitude was 5 deg the Refraction is Da 25 great here and the Horizons thicke which begets uncertainties besides the Needle yet is very slow in comming to his respective point I now hope for warmer weather and clearer Sea than heretofore at noone I had 55 fathomes in latitude to 62 deg 36 min. since last day I made way N by E. 18 leagues faire weather the Sunne went downe cleare Ioy to our Antipodes the Henban flashing all night was a Da 26 hot day in as England in the morning I had 58 fathomes and white Corall the latitude 63 deg 20 min. the way since last day was N. 4 deg East 18 leagues since clocke 4 wee lay Larbord Tack N. W. it was a few drops of raine this Evening yet the Sunne set cleare and wee had deepe 65 fathomes at midnight and then was in the Ayre many Pettie-dancers The last night was so hot as it dryed up 15 fathomes water Moneths Iuly Da 27 for this morning we had but 50 the wind was betweene W and N N W. here was great store of Rockeweed and Tangle In the Ripline of a Tide I caused the boat to be lanched in 31 fathomes the Tyde came from N. by W. ½ a mile in an houre All this day the fog banks hath deceived mee but now I am sure I see land both the maine and Ilands of which there are many lying about 2 leagues into the Sea all ragged and broken rocks within this land bore from N. E. by E. to W. by S. here are great store of fish leaping and fairer weather cannot be I have sent the boat to land and to my comfort three things I could espie by the shore that it was flood Tyde and that it came from the Southward and that it doth flow and fall very much water before we came neere the Iland wee came over a banke of 8 fathomes and neerer the Iland we fell into 15. there seeming upon the land to be Poles erected and buildings of stone and other hillocks like Haycocks The boat went on land at clocke 6. and stayed 3 glasses or one houre and ½ in which time it flowed neere sixe foot it was flood before they went for while they were rowing to shore I did observe it had flowed at least 3 foot by certain rocks that were dry at our first approach they say that it had about 9 foot to flow at clocke 8. the tide returned and set to S. W. ward which sheweth that it runs halfe tide or else the Main beyond it is an Iland about which the tyde may have an uncontrary course as in some of the Sounds of the Iland of Selly at Englands W. end this Iland doth lie in 64 d. 10. m. of latitude and I took this place to be the N. E. side of Sir Thomas Buttons ut ultra I could see to the N. E. ward of this at least 10 leagues but no land at E. or S. E. it being as cleare an evening as could be imagined the land to be seene was from the N N. E. to the
there was store of Deere in that Iland I tooke it to be 6 or 7 miles long but they thought it to be parted in two it is all shelves and ridges betwixt the shore and it making as it were a Bay betweene the North land which is high and the South for all the land to South of this is all low land except 3 or 4 places neere unto the West part of Hudsons West Bay where Captaine Iames wintered they say in comming on board hard by the Iland they did espie 40 Whales some say lesse but it seemeth there were many lying there to sleepe so as they tooke them for Rocks they say there is a Cove or Harbour made by small Ilands that a ship may ride in safety for all weathers and have two â—athomes at low water it is on the Eastside the Masters mate told me he wisht the ship therein because there was a bolt in the Stemme which stucke out since the Cut-water was twined off and that it was dangerous to hurt a Cable if wee should Anchor I said wee might Anchor 100 times and yet have kept the Cable cleare from the bolt by letting fall an Anchor of the weather bowe but to conclude Moneths July the time was so farre spent to neglect the opportunity of Discovering to put into harbour for such a trifle When I had stood W. S. W. away from this Iland twelve Da 30 leagues I hal'd in againe W. by N. as I see the Ridges and broken lands stretch and keeping the West Maine alwayes in sight many Ridges did appeare which to goe to Seaward off I stood S W. and by W. for here is dangerous sayling in the clearest weather yet I must not part from sight of the Maine for making my discovery exactly our Deepes from Brooke Cobham have beene 37. 40. 35. 30. fathomes Thanks be given to God it is and hath been long time faire weather and now faire windes from land which makes the better discovering we have still of those Henbans or Pettie-dancers but no storme I Anchored a thwart a little Iland twelve leagues from Brooke Cobham the Master with the boat went on land where it was low water about ½ an houre before 8. at night within this Iland he sees other Ilands and Ledges at low water so as he thought he could have gone on foote to the Maine from hence wee see other Ilands bearing W. S. W. at this Iland the Salvages had been and there was great store of Sea Pigeons thereon he brought alive a dunne Foxe on board and had encountred two Seamors whereof hee launc'd one but for want of helpe they both got away they brought on board good store of Scurvie-grasse which I caused to be pounded and the juyce to be prest forth and put into a Hogshead of strong Beare with command that every one that would should have a pint to his mornings draught but none would taste it untill it was past time and themselves almost past meanes The Master told me he had named this Iland Dunne Foxe Iland after his owne name and the Foxes colour which I liked well The Tyde came from Northeast and it flowed about twelve foote water now I began to know that I went from the Tyde for sayling from this Tyde I lost the passage but I must still follow instruction and hope I wayed at the Masters comming aboord clocke 9. in the Evening standing away with those Ilands the day light had shewed me the Direction was West South West as they Moneths July bore the deepe 7 8 10 15 12. fathomes I altered the course more Southerly for deeper water and going South-West had 12 15 12 10. and so to 25 fathome from 9. to 4 a Clocke I stood still away with flood South West ebbe West untill 8 a clocke in 35 30 20. all to Starreboard was Ridges and broken lands even close to the Maine this night was something darke the Sunne declines fast Southward and wee sayling as fast the same way must needes darken the nights a pace especially those that are thicke and clouded as this was All this morning watch from foure to eight it rained but Da 31 was faire weather all day after untill towards night it was halfe an houres fogge betweene three and foure in the afternoone after that came North windes raine and wet fogge all night the steering was foure leagues West South West the deepes from 30 26 to 6 fathomes With this wind from land I bore in amongst the Ilands fearing to loose the Maine at any time standing in betwixt West and West North West as the wind veered or haled my depth was sixeteene fathomes but amongst those Ilands wee came in sundry Over-falls of sixe fathomes and had brought them to beare severally from me North-East by North North by West West South West South West by West at night clocke tenne I came to Anchor in seven fathomes it fell three foote water after that Anchoring the weather was wette fogge the flood put in foureteene foote water it did not fall any water from clocke eleven untill foureteene Glasses were out the flood was so small being inclosed with Ilands as it did not make the ship port yet blowing but to Course and Bonnet it kept the Tide in seven houres I durst not hazzard any further within these Ilands untill I sent the boate to make tryall who sounded from seven fathomes to tenne foot I named those Ilands Brigges his Mathematickes This morning the Master and I in the Maine top might Da 1 see two Ridges dry which last evening wee came hard by I doe thinke that in Winter the windy stormes puts in some flowings of water incredible to be beleeved in respect of other places for it may be perceived that the water hath Moneths August been upon the land and Ilands higher by five or sixe fathome then the usuall Spring-Tydes as also our men did perceive the same at Carie Swannes Nest Being satisfied for what concerned this place I weyed and stood to Sea in sixe fathomes the least water fearing to deale any more within the Ilands when I was cleare I went to the old course againe S. W. by S. but the land flying me I hal'd in West and had water from 14 to 6 fathome uneven ground the land met me againe stretching more to S. and had many humlocks therein I stood toward it W. and W. S. W. so neere as I durst for shoale water at which time I dare presume it was seven miles from me and yet I had but 6 7 or 10 fathome I runne off along time before I came into 20 fathome and in this wearing off I came by two dry ridges that had been farre without me I Anchored at night in 25 fathomes 10 leagues S. S. W. from the land and Ilands which I roade amongst last night the Tyde came S. S. W. This faire morning I waited at clocke 6. and stood along Da 2 West Southwest having
25 25 25 fathomes at the distance of 7 leagues from my last nights Anchoring place I met another Iland three or foure more within it all lying almost without sight of the Maine I stood within them to seven fathomes and tooke about to make a perfect discovery of the Maine which done I Veered away the wind still about North North West I went to Seaward off the said Iland at whose Northeast end there lay a reefe which with the ebbe that fell over it made a great Ripling or Race so as I could discerne thereby when I might edge up againe here in this Overfall was a Sea Mors I tooke this to be the Checkes latitude 61 degrees 10 minutes I went over in nine fathomes and then standing Southwest came presently into twentie I hoped now for a sight of Hubberts comfortable Hope the land lay along Southwest and Northeast it hath blowen all this day to Course and Bonnet at night I Anchored at twenty fathomes two or three leagues from shore the land is low but within are many water ponds and small growne wood I stood along all those supposed Checkes from my last Da 3 nights Roade into 3. fathomes upon the shoare the land lowe but now and then a Sandie knowle or downe would appeare Moneths August much like the coast of Holland and â—landers wee made way S W. and by W. 10 leag and divers times see dry shelves betweene us and the shoare The Latit w is 60 d. 22 m. this afternoone was small wind from S W. and I sent the boat to the land being about 3 miles off my selfe with ship anchored in 7 fathomes I gave a token that if the water should shoale sodainely they in the boate should shoote off a Musket which before they came to shoare they did here were many Musketoes The Master was in the boate and had but 2 fathomes when they shot all the water within us was shoald so that then we were glad to wade forth although the tyde was flood it flowing 14 inches in two glasses but in further examining I found no good account onely this doth sustice that as I range along the coast I do goe from the tide and that it keepeth course with the Moone and that the further I speed from Sir Thomas Roes welcome it still floweth lesse water and the tides current is the easier here on land the Mr. found the reliques of a birch Cannowe the footings and hornes of Deere both small and great and of fowle an Arrowe headed with a nayle the head beaten broad and put into a shaft of 18 inches long he thought it flowed about 7 foote the floode began about clocke 8. I am sure it was slacke tyde at ship then and I will be slacke to write any more hereof for I cannot season the reckoning taken on shoare After the boates comming on board I stood off 3 glasses to anchor in 13 fathome water Hubbert makes me hope for now I draw nere here the tyde did set S W. and by W. the ebbe E and by South From the last day to this I made way S S W. 5 leag and am Da 4 now in 59 d. 53 m. of Latit standing along betweene 10 and 20 fath S S W. at night 10. I came to a land lying about 2 leag from the Mayne but so dry at low water that you may goe to the firme land betwixt the one and the other this lyeth from my last nights roade 10 leag S and by W. At the dayes appearance I went to this Iland it is all stones Da 5 as the other the Sea hath bin smooth of long time the Sunne rose cleare and at the 4 glasse after lowe water it did flowe 21 inches this was when the half tyde came to take his first set and came with a shuft I did account that it would Moneths August not flow lesse then 18 foote but after this shuft it flowed lesse and lesse untill full Sea that tyde the 3 first glasses did not flow above 2 foote Vpon this Iland were many corpes laid in the same manner as at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome the Salv. inhabitants had lately bin there left the skaddles of their fire they had also sunk a well ston'd it about for there was fresh water therein there was here some store of the ruined fragments of Cannowes and other firre wood with which we laded the boat on board there was also carved toyes in their graves I did Anchor at clocke 8 now these nights begin to be long left I might slip by some Inlet unseene this day was very â—ot and a small gale from S S W. we had all this time very hot dayes euer since we came from Carie Swans nest if that the cold N W. wind had not delayed them this Meridian I was in 59 d. 05 m. I stood off into 20 fath and went in againe to 15. the broken Iland in sight since noone untill this midnight I made way S. 3 leag and then I discerned the land to meete upon my weather bough and a head so I caused to tack about and lay N W. by N. in wind W by S. 5 glasses a leag it seemed to be higher land then I had lately seen from 15 fath deepe yesterday I came S. as before upon 18 and 20 fathoms I stood thus to the Northwards untill day light and then I see my land I was upon yesterday morning and the land within it which I see yesternight stretching into Hubberts Hope I stood about to the Southwards and the day light being come Da 6 on I could see the bottome of Vainely Hâ—apt Hubbert for so I â—â—ld it and the South land meeting E and W. the length of it at least 15 leagues I anchored the boate in 20 fathomes the Tyde came N. W. and this is that supposed Tide that set E and W. which was no more but the same Tyde I brought along with mee from Sir Tho. Roes Welcome comming all along the coast S W by S. falling into this Vaine Hope is enforced to alter his course by opposition of the S side of this large Bay and there to set E and W. as the land doth lye 1 mile 2 7. in one houre The Iland I was upon yesterday was doubtlesse the Checks named by Sir Thomas Button for what reason I know not except for that here his hope was crost he tooke it as a checke This land bore from me to the S E. by E. and was gentlie decending down to the Sea side the greenest best like I have Moneths August seene since I came out of the river of Thames and as it were inclosed with thick rowes of Trees betweene one meadowe and another distinct as it were Barne Elmes nere London and at sight hereof I did thinke of them and if there be any keeping of tame Deere or other beasts or tillage in all that countrey I should think it to be there for certainely there
must by those burials be great store of people for it is not to be thought that they will bring or carry their dead farre to buriall and it cannot be thought also but that we were seene by them although they were not seene by any of us for we stayed not but in the night all day wee made as much way as sailes would drive forward so as if they would have come to us wee were gone before they could make ready and although they might see us whether they durst come or no I know not having as I suppose never seene ship in their lives before as Hudson who sought after them in his Bay though far distant from hence they set theirwoods on fire hard by him and yet would not come to him although he was but in his Shallop But to proceed I stood along the land and had deep from 20 to 3 fath this morning was gray overcast the Sun rose thinly valed but visible there was a Rainebow in the firmament and some drops of raine fell standing along whiles this land trented E and W. we see the entrance of a large river but all full of scaupes shelves and shoale water which comming forth changeth the Sea to be more white at the S. entrance of this River was a Cliffe like unto Balsea cliffe nere Harwich and on the S. again another great Bay whose bottome was easie to be seen I was nere the entrance thereof and found it was all full of shoales and ridges at this was Capt. James on ground as I found by his speeches afterward the S. part of this Bay lyeth E and W. and at the E. end thereof lyeth an Iland S and N. about 3 miles long I stood from the mouth of this River and Bay to go to the N. of the said Iland and came into 7. 6. 5 fath easie wind the ebbe came 2 miles an houre along the E side of the Iland I stood along in 3 fath the ground to be seen under water at night the flood tyde came we were got above the S head of the Iland went along in 7 fath well harrowed â—d even ground At clocke 10. we anchored and could not perceive by out lead that tyde did flowe and fall above 12 foote the tyde set Moneths August S. and by N. and here we see white Whales this afternoone was one of the hottest that ever I have felt at noone I was in 58 deg 46 minutes This beautifull day was promised at Sun rising it hath blown Da 7 to course and bonnet all day the wind going downe with Sol and in the night up againe we have run along the land all day with W N W. wind Sometimes loosing too sometimes wareing off as the water did deepe or shoale from 7 fath into 2 ½ upon the shoare the land lyes S. we think we saw some peeces of ice in the ofâ—ine we runne this day 16 leagues untill clocke 8. when we anchored the land faire in sight but lowe with aboundance of wood growing theron at this anchoring we can make no certainty of the tydes but that it still commeth N. running easilier and flowing lesse water This faire day we blesse God for and have plide it up for Da 8 Port Nelson the wind Veering to S S E. Latit 57 d. 48 m. the shoalding wee plide in was betweene 7 and 2 ½ and we could see many shelves and high stones lye upon the N. side of the Rivers mouth appearing as it were trees on land 3 times bigger then they be and that is through the vapours which the Sun exhaleth haveing plide all day in shoale water at night we anchored in 6 fathomes In the mouth of Port Nelson at first comming of the tyde it came with a Shuft or Boare at clocke 10. for one houre and floured upon the Ships Bowe and it flowed 9 foote water the tyde runne not above 5 houres and 2 knots was the speede it made yet I could perceive the under tyde to Roome an houre before the ship came up the land faire to see both on S and N. side here were many white Whales the running of the tyde was caused by the out-set of the River upon the Coast-tyde there was a ledge dry at lowe water hard by me when I anchored This day we consulted and consented to goe into Port Da 9 Nelson for these reasons following 1 Considering what hazzard wee had vndergone for want of our Pinnace she being made ready for setting vp yet for the losse of time we were content to hazard it having â—iâ— so faire weather as I was loath but to make good vse thereof 2 The wind was contrary to go Southwards and like to be bad weather Moneths July 3 The Pinnace could not be set up in the Ship as I desired 4 I hoped to have some intelligence by the Salvages and to search the head of the River of which I did know nothing from Sir Tho. Button 5 I was in great hope to get a Maine yard amongst so many trees as also some refreshing fresh water and fire wood and to rummidge the Ship and to see her on ground and to make her cleane or to repaire what else she wanted as Ballast or else what Thinking now it was good to provide for winter for what is formerly done is so exact as no discovery was more painefully followed nor with greater hazard and lesse helpe but God alone besides the knowledge of this harbour might more embolden my men in staying the longer forth to follow the Search Now betweene Port Nelson and Hudsons W. Bay all yet for a great distance not lookd upon by any Christian wee were to discover which having done the perfect knowledge of this River might cause us to repaire hither for refuge when the winter took us from our other labours if in the meane time wee should not discover a better or passage This Raynie morning with S. wind I stood in lowe sailes Da 9 with bonnets along the S. side which I take to be the plainer and evener ground of the two And bearing in upon 3 fath â— â— I espied an overfall on head it was stood tyde and I caused to beare up it blâ—w much wind and more then at any time since I came into this Sea in the channels edge of this overfall I fel into 10 fath being now come within the lippes hereof the wind shrinking I anchored at about ½ flood for that if it had beene a channell well knowne unto me yet I could not have handled my sayles to have turned in wee thought wee saw tokens on land of Inhabitants at 3 houres flood in the night with much adoe I wayed anchor and making 2 or 3 boards I up got a leag farther before day for I was loath to loose any time but with fearefull sounding as 5 fathomes at most and it would shoalden 2 fathome at once and as I found afterwards that channell was full of high Rockes
call'd to lift the anchor from the ground bring the ship Da 24 to saile the other dayes N. N. W. wind doth make the Seas swelling still continue now the wind S. E. by S. I must stop the ebbes and ply the floods the distance were too tedious and to small purpose to insert here Prayers being ended I called to heave up anchor at clock 8 Da 25 we anchored again this day we made good way to the E S E. and in one Ripling had 40 fathomes land faire in sight upon the hatches but this great comfort was not a furlong long for the water shoaled to the old rate againe presently this night was calme with much raine I had up my anchor clocke 5 and stood along to the East Da 26 sometimes E. S. E sometimes S. E. as the land lay or met mee at noone it came fog â— anchored for 1 houre it clearing up again after dinner I see the land trent to the S. wards wherefore I tooke the Pinnace and went within 2 miles of a point that lay upon our Bowe as we were at anchor nere which point all the land was belaid with round Rocks and all along the shore were ledges of the same and halfe a mile without us Moneths August towards the ship I stood off to give the ship warning thereof who had espied the same before I came to them so I stood into the shore which lay S. along the ship came along in sixe fathomes and I had 4 hard within the ridges This day a N. N. W. wind hath conveid away abundance of wilde Geese by us they breed here towards the N. in those wildernesses there are infinite numbers and when their yong be fledge they flye S. wards to winter in a warmer countrey I hoped by their taking flight the wind would have continued This low land thus trenting makes me doubt it will bring Da 26 us still with this shallow water to joyne with Hudson and then leave us and fall away S. and there also must I leave it I could not perceive that it did slow above five foot water yesterday and the flood set S. E. the waters side is so flat and Rocky that we cannot land with the Pinnace we can discerne the going in of many small Rivers and there out-sets by the change of waters whose colour is more dunne then the Sea it selfe Was thicke close weather at night 7 it wet the night Da 27 proved close the wind changed from N. W. to S. E. the land lay S. E. and we had a great plumpe of wood on shore like an Iland I stood twice into 4 fathomes of land and once into 3 and a halfe but could not see the trees on hatches the land stretching the tydes running and flowing the expected high land and all hopefull things are now at an end this night casting up my Cards I did account I was from Port Neâ—oâ— true course E. S. E. 60 leagues and that I must be in 55 degr 50 min. latitude This coldest day I felt since I came from Nottinghams Ile Da 28 was but the Harbinger of Winter I Anchored in 7 fathoms and 3 leagues oâ—line I had but 4 fathomes I stood off into 25 fathomes and in againe into 11 and Anchored it brew to top-sailes halfe Mast high the land low full of trees the night was thicke with reasonable wind at East I road still all night for I could get nothing by plying against Da 29 wind the wind now doth Souther about clock 7. we espied a saile standing right with us it was Captaine James of Bristâ—ll hee came close in at our sterne and wee saluted each other he standing in towards the shoare which was in sight but standing Moneths August off againe hee could not fetch vs for it was ebbe the streame and wind setting him to lee-ward whereupon hee stood into Sea and out of sight which greeued mee much searing I should not see him againe nor know what discouerie he had made but he tackt about inward againe and the wind Estering at night hee fetch 't me and sent his Shallop on board inuiting mee to dinner the next day with my Master and his mate There came on board of mee his Lieutenant his Coxen and three more I gaue order to my Officers to take downe the 4. rowers betweene the Decks and to entertaine them at seuerall messes and to enquire of them with what land they fell first after their comming from our owne Coasts what lands they had beene at or in what harbours when they entered Fretum Hudson how long they had beene amongst the Ice and at seuerall times what Islands they had seene or Capes formerly discouered what was there most Northerliest latitude they had beene in and what day they see first this side or bottome and in what latitude they came ouer this bay in I enquired also the like of his Lieutenant whom I entertained in my Cabin so that before they went away I heard that they first met with Ice at Cape Farwell and that they entered Fretum Hudson the 20. day of Iune they had beene distrest in harbour and had like to haue lost their shippe the fire smoake my men see on land the 23. day of Iune was theirs they had seene the Iles Nottingham and Salisbury and was on land on Sir Robert Mansfells Isle hauing beforebeene sore pestured with Ice The greatest latitude North was 64. deg and that in this bay of Sir Thomas Buttons they had beene troubled with Ice talking thereof as though they tooke pleasure to runne against it nay they said they had runne into the Ice as far as the maine mast and that they came ouer in 59 deg of this their Northmost latitude of their suffering at Resolution their grounding in this Bay the harme of their men throwne at Capsten and what else I desired to haue I had and that they had him on shoare here but two dayes before and kill'd two Partridges they said also that there was no offering to goe home if they found no passeage for that the Ice could not bee disolued this yeere but they must stay vntill the next yeere to haue light nights to shift themselues amongst them and this I did for that I did not know how wee might be separated beefore I talked with Cap. Moneths August Da 29 Iames himselfe and I gaue order to acquaint them with what also they demanded of vs telling them that I had beene in Port Nelson and that I had seene and came along this coast neuer without sight of land from the latitude of 64 deg 2. quar and that in Port Nelson I had beene on the S. side and on the land also before they came and had named it new Yorkeshiere but being a barren waste Wildernesse of Birds and wild beasts of prey and chiefely for that it is out of the roade of trading and the passage where none hereafter will desire to come I conceine that I can
such as vsually driue out of Riuers without whose monthes lie alwayes Moneths August shelues barres or ridges I did now account I was about 105. leagues E S E. on this side Port Nelson This day being thwart the land I sawe yesterday when I supposed it the W. point of some River or else the winding of the land to S. wards and could see no land to the E. of the same I made motion at dinner for the N. W. to the Master and his mate declaring that now all this vndiscovered land betwixt M. Hudsons Sr. Thomas Buttons was now perfectly finished by vs for that the land now trenting from this Cap S. ward must assuredly bee the cheeke of Mr. Hudson his West-bay as may appeare by those Maps brought whome by Bylot after he was exposed and now the further search of a passage this way was hopelesse and their needed no more search in all the side of this Bay From 64. deg 30 m. circularly to 55. deg 10 m. and seeing that we could not attempt the N. W. from Notinghams Ile as I was instructed for the heavie quantitys of Ice which had choaked all the 3. channels at our entering in the midle of Iuly now I did hope were disolved or els never and it was best to make tryall thereof whilest this good wind lasted and withall charged them with their promise made at my parting from Notinghams which was to haue seene a tryall before their going home at what danger soever though then there was no attempting if no passage proves else-weere and to this same purpose did wish mee to write what I would and they would set their hands thervnto which for some concealed reason I did manifest shewing them also that we had long time to spend for Mr. Hudson did not harbour vntill the first of November and for S. Thomas Button hee Da 2 was constrained and that I was not to obserue any precedent of that nature for I was not come to see what my predecessors had done but to doe more either finde the Passage or bring home a good account which I could not doo if I did not speed my Commissionith what hast I could and for harbouring there was none vntill the midest of November Now how I shall spend all this time and bee able to giue that account his Majestie doth expect I know not if I do not goe to the N W. For besides it I am not instructed to search which being put into practice if it proue not to be had there but that the land doth stretch to the E. as Baffine reports in 65. Moneths September deg 25 m. then they account will be satisfied and we may retourne in short time for this is not aboue sixe dayes worke if God please this S. winde shall stand and we may come downe betwixt Sr. Dudlies Diggs I le and Cape Wolstenholme into the bottome of Mr. Hudsons E. Bay and there winter Which if we doe we must stay vntill August as experience had shewne vs. Which was neere a whole 11. months and therefore now would be the best but to write truth the Mr. would giue no consent but to keepe all safe by seeking for harbour but his mates answere was Captaine if there bee any thing more to be done let vs fall to it whilest the wind is good so grace being said I came foroth and weering out the maine sheate commaunded him at helme to goe away N. E. by E. when comming more open Hudsons Bay the winde at S. blowing but to both top-sailes on taunt there came so high a Sea from S. E. as if it had come from land 200. leagues distance it came so naturally â—oamming and therefore I doe belieue that the E. side of those Bayes lyeth farther E. wards towards the River of Cannada and the Longitude thereof is more Easterly then is placed in the Marine Maps standing hence as before we fell into 20. and 30. fathomes making way 7. or 8. leagues the watch this day was faire weather in the night was much lightning I named the Cape I last parted from Wolstenholmes vltimum vale for that I do beleeue Sr. Iohn Wolstehholme will not lay out any more monies in search of this Bay And yet thus much if he had beene wanting heerein I am of opinion that the most of those discoveries had never beene attempted for my owne part I can say for so I find that he hath been for 8. Voyages the principall adventurer in stocke and Treasrror supplying the slacke adventure when the stocke came slowly in and I dare affirme concerning this Voyage of mine that he was at least 400. l. out at my home comming although I did retourne in 6. compleate monethes saving 12. monthes vituall and pay and besides I am confident that hee cannot bee lesse out then 1100 l. about this discovery Yet I am perswaded that vpon good grounds of which I doe knowe him to bee very able to judge that no subject in this kingdome parrallelling his degree would sooner advance to the furtherance of this or any other designe of such worth which hee thinkes may redownd to his Majesties honour and Moneths September his countries good This morninges W. winde brought in a Sea so high and grimme as though it had in fury overthrowne all lands and shoales enterposing the passage betwixt vs and Iapon it swelled so Mountanous high from the N. W. as who of sea-men had seene the same would haue said that there could bee noe land from whence the same came not of 6. or 700. leagues and my selfe also if experience had not shewne me the contrary I was in latitude 57. deg 28. m. and from my setting from Vltimum Vale 48 leagues the winde came from N. N. W. and stript mee into a lease of cources or 3. lowest sailes almost as much wind as at any time since I came from home and more behalfe then I found since I entered Fretum Hudsons or 300. leagues beyond towards night I layed to the West in maine course for feare I might hazard my selfe in the night amongst hose Ilands which M. Hudson for good reason calls by the name of Lancasters Iles all this night I had deepe 47. 44. 40. 54. 50 fathomes This day morning I tackt to N. wards at noone was in 52. fathomes lati 57. de 55. m. both top-sayles cast over the lowsayles Da 4 or courses now goeth on Bonnets I made way in Try 6. lea S. W. 12. 2. m. N. E. this night came the wind S. E. a pretty gale it was over-cast with darknes wee came by a small Iland at clocke one the highest I haue seene since I came from Brooke Cobham the deepe 70. fathome I named the I le Sleepe I made way from last noone to this 30. leagues N. and this morning was some slight I was constrained to breake vp the Pinnas now growne Da 5 leake although I did soare doubt the want of her what ever might befall
me but she being a dragge at sterne and it was too could and wet to keepe men in her to haue kept her at sayle and as much hinderance to shake the shippe in the winde vntill shee were made dry besides my men were pittilully wet I cutte out the toughts and nayles and saved as much as I could and sent the rest to hazard though against my will for I did thinke if shee had stoode tyght she might haue afforded mee some helpe in the N. W. whither now I am going and if it proue a Bay or trent E. wards then God willing I will hazard to winter in Port Nelson to the intent I may the next yeare search vt vltra where the passage I hope doth lye For if Moneths September it bee not in that vndiscovered betwixt Sr. Thomas Buttons ankoring last vpon the W. side and Cary Swanns-Nest nor at this hoped N. W. then it is not to be looked for to the W. of Groynland and though as yet I haue not tryed the N. W. yet by what I heard from Bilct and Baffin in their life time which was that if there had bin hopes they would haue persisted But quoth Baffin there I will neuer goe to seeke it my selfe haue farre greater confidence that it should lye neerer Sr. Thomas Rowes Welcome being moved by the high flowing of the Tyde and the Whales for all the tydes that floweth that Bay commeth neere from thence The Master is not in health the Boateswaine hath not been Da 6 vpon the vper decke these 2. or 3. dayes all els are in health thankes be vnto God this morning the hoary frost hung in our Roapes This coole after-noone the winde veered N. N. E. it blew at most but to course and bonnet our ship begins to make water when shee comes to bee wrunge with lowe sayles Wee were much troubled with stockadge of Coales before we came into the passage and heere againe which Coales wee brought for fiering if need should stand the windes are variable heere this night was calme this easie gale S. E. brought vs since last day 13. leagues N. W. 2. parts N. Wee made way from last day 12. to this 12. 34. leagues by Da 7 the logge-board and at noone I was in 61. 15 m. the deepe was 90. fathomes all this day with E. S. E. winde I stoode N. E. by N. close hailed 13. leagues this night I see the land by my account about Carie Swanns-Nest from whence I departed the 21. of Iuly the morning was sleete the day after was faire and frost Now the Master and three men more are downe God better it I thinke if I had not come foorth vpon the Decke as I did we had runne a shoare vpon this low land I caused presently to tacke about and we stoode off a gaine into 70. fathomes wee had but 14. presently after wee were tackt Wee were in 62. deg 21. m. the land true North 6 myles Da 8 off I found it to be Cape Pembrooke 2 or 3. leagues distance N. E. from Carie Swans-Nest with this S. E. winde I was faine to plye it up for Sea-horse point hoping as before for change of Winds untill then wee must bite upon the Bowline this Moneths September land is stonie and a good bold shoare I stood off into 90. and in againe into 13. fathomes and sometimes lesse as I had sight there goeth but small Tydes for here are neither Riplings nor over-falls this mornings Amplitude was 21. deg the Land doth make Bayes and Capes lying one from another about N. E. it is still faire weather and wee have carried both Top-sayles out since the 4. both day and night By this we have plyde up another Cape the deepe of whose Da 9 Bay betwixt the same and Cape Pembroke maketh the E. side thereof lye neare S. and by E. I was in 7. fathom in the Bay after this Cleare Sunne-rising fell a short fogge the blowing away thereof blew in both our Top-sayles when I doubled this Cape the Land stretcht to the N. in dutifull remembrance I named it Cape Linsey at some boords wee gate but little as I could perceive by the Land and yet I cannot discerne any Tyde to come against us the Land lyeth now N. E. last night were many Petty-dancers we had in both Top-sayles and stood off and on betweene 20. and 80. fathomes the Sea came high and we purchast nothing This faire mornings cleare ayre blew hard I cannot conjecture Da 10 of the Tydes for if as Sir Thomas Button doth write that the Floud doth come from N. W. at Isle Nottingham I am sure there is another comes from S. E. at the same Isle Those two meeting should both set into the Bay of Hudson and Button and especially upon this W. side passing from Sea-horse Poynt by those Capes to Cary Swannes-Nest should strongly be forced here being backt by those Winds but I find no such thing for notwithstanding the Sea comming Compter from Hudsons Straights and about Manssils Ile from the E. Mayne yet I gain'd yea and in low sayles when much Winde compells in my Top-sayles which doth shew that of the two the Tyde doth set with me these cold mists thicks and drops doth make many men droope and those who formerly complained are not willing to come above-decke This mornings fresh breefe shakt both my Bonnets off and Da 11 stript us into over-lowest sayles for all this in 48. houres by the Land we had gained about 6. leagues by which it may be discerned what Tyde goeth here I stood off 19. leagues S. no ground at 80. I made way 20. leagues in againe N. N. E. every night here are Pettâ—-dancers and red fire flashes in the Ayre most fearefull to behold I Moneths September have plyed 8. watches in but 3. Courses by reason of much wind Da 12 betweene S. E. and by E. I had sight of a head-land with a knowell thereon descending to the Sea the Deepe 50. I take it to bee the same Sir Thomas Buttons Boate was at where the small Island lyeth there off all this day I was in three courses the Ship beate sore in this Counter Sea and no ground at 80. fathomes This night was all Raine as the day before in part was sleet at clocke 2. the Raine became Victor which before was food to the Wind that in his Calming came S. and then I directed the Course N. N. W. thinking to have fight of my last headland and from thence to have gone along to Sea-horse Point in sight of land as I might have done if the S. W. wind had continued this cleare Sunne shining Meridian I was in 62. deg but the Horizon was not cleare this sight of the warmâ— Sunne did marvellously cheare up our men yet the weather is now very Cold. From Noone I stood away N. E. by E. with flowne Sheat Da 13 the Wind veered againe to S. E. oâ—en of the Bay betwixt Point
the South-East flood Tyde did slacke the same when it came but how it did flow and what water I cannot report for want of my journall it being now out off my hands but I did finde the same flood-tide to answere the report of Master Byâ—oâ—s journall writ by Baffin and I found some quantity of ice betweene Cape Pembroke and Sharkes Point undesolved at that time being the foureteenth of September Having made those observations I stood over with North-winds for Mill Iâ—land mentioned in my instâ—uctions but for no intent to coast the East-side for I had with that wind much adoe to fetch the same with bording and turning under the South side of it two Tides before I got into a Throughlet at the West end thereof whereinto I put and there found it to flow at least foure fathomes The Tide running halfe Tyde and comming from South-East as well upon the North and Southside as upon the South of Nottingham at my departure from thence whereupon I plied up with North-West windes every Tyde being forced to stoppe the Ebbe nor could I recover the West side with those winds untill I attained the Cape I have called Lord Westoâ—s Portland in the latitude about 66 d. 47 m. where I found the Tyde of flood to come still along as the coast did lie which was to coast from Northwest to North to Northeast and to East and to Southeast the deepest water not above 30 fathomes as I remember five leagues from land the Sea slight and smooth with these winds so as it is easie to conjecture thereof either ice or land was not farre off for wee found good store of undesolved ice at Sharke Poynt whereupon I stood 10 leagues from â—ence as I supposed for the Westside which I could not attaine and if I had continued this course for the West side with this winde I must have stopt the Ebbes and Baffin writing of 130 fathomes deepe there the just length of my small cable-shoat I must have bid the ship to have stoopt for the rest and to have done the same by my biggest I had not strength enough to have wayed the same from ground againe likewise I had no reason to follow the East finding it to Trent away South East from that Headland which for resemblance and â—â—mile to this of ours I named L. Westons Portland from whence I doe perswade my selfe the Ebbe doth take his halfe course through those Ilands of Cumberlands into â—retum ` Davis the â—lood cannot bee great which conjecture may say should come through that straight and meet ours at Portland being hindred by these foresaid Iles where Davis saith hee met a strange Tyde from the South-West may be the cause which by that straightnesse may retort the â—loods way But to the purpose the winds were North-west nor could I stay the change thereof for the most of my best men as Master Gunner Carpenter Boatswaine his Mate and one or two of the common men were downe the rest complaining of cold paines and no marvell they having beene over-toyled in the bottome of Sir Thomas Buttons Bay and that undiscovered betwixt him and Hudson with watching and warding day and night manning both Shippe Boate and Pinnace both in Anchoring and Sayling but especially at Leade when in all the time of my Sayling the said Bay there was never one from keeping the same The weather had beene for about 3 weekes before nothing but Snow Frost and sleet at best our selves ropes and sayles froaze the Sunne seldome to be seene or once in five dayes the nights 13 houres long the Moone wayning and in conclusion I was enforced either to seeke for Harbour or freeze to death in the Sea Whereupon I sent Master Vrine to aske the Masters opinion who brought unto me that he thought the Tydes setting from S. E. almost round about to E. would give good satisfaction for this N. W. search begun by a wrong report of the Tydes comming from thence to the Adventurers and that hee helde it fittest to returne Yea and the best also as I thought and homewards and for good cause as hereafter followeth First I referre it to the judgment of indifferent men whether having proceeded in these Discoveries further then any other my Predecessors in lesse time and at lesse charge have closed up all the expected hopes upon the W. side of Buttons Bay from 64½ circularly to 55 and on the Point from Swans Nest to Sharke Point not perfectly discovered but now by mee and carried a Tyde comming from South-East through Fretum Hudson all along that East side to 66 degrees 30 minutes or thereabouts things not knowne heretofore that I should hazzard the losse thereof to my Countrey If I should have perished in seeking an unknowen Harbour in long nights and cold weather with so many men sicke who could not have recovered in the wintering howsoever their helpes would have beene wanting in lying or Barracadoing the ship from ice for wheresoever I had wintered I must have hâ—led the ship high on shore and Barracadoe as also in making my provisions of fresh victuals and fuell The necessitie of this Sir Thomas Button is able to approve to his deare bought experiment Well if I had wintered it must have beene with intent to make search to the North of Sir Tho. Roes Welcome for in all the hopefull places else I was denyed and there and not far froÌ„ thence as about Vtultra it is for to give a wise GentlemaÌ„ his right who perusing Sir Tho. Buttons journall about that place quoteth in the Margent these words I doe not find it is proved a Bay this was suspected by him before I came to that knowledge thereof which I have now but to proceed how should I be able to doe this service when the winter would have consumed all the best of my comfortable stores as strong Beere strong waters sacke spice fruite Rice Wheat meale and of my Chirurgery and if no releife had beene otherwise got from land to have lengthened the most of the provision as Beefe Beere and Fish Yet had I had no more then would have brought home the Ship if my men had stood and if by their death or reliefe of birds or Deere I had store remaining yet I doubt the remayning stomacks would have beene too weake before the long winter there had left them to have endured salt meate in the Summer so as the more victuall the fewer hands for labour and there would be no sparing as I conceived by short allowance All these and many other sufferings endured is but all for the next yeares Search about which I have shewed I had no reason to stay to put so much to hazzard knowing what I had inquired from some both of Sir Thomas Button and Mr. Hudsons men of their sufferings and yet it was July before they could get well to sea to returne home And it doth appeare by Sir Thomas Buttons owne words that he would have proceeded the next
our honour before we obtaine it for it may credibly be affirmed that this Virgin is yet pure and untoucht either by Christian Indian or other nation although many great dowries have beene spent about her and some brave Knights have bid faire for her yet it is not to be doubted but that the English have imbracâ—â— her about the middle Onely these make for our purpose that the â—hinois extend their coast to the N. E into 50 d. and know no other but that they may continue it further The other is Paulus Venetâ—â— who sailed along the coast of Mangia from Cataia towards the N E. 1500 miles this doth argue that we have not straits or passage to saâ—le from so far W. as we have bin to the end of our Discovery into Mare del Zur Resting my weary invention upon the staffe of this opinion for a while to bee better satisfied concerning this Current which the most Authors insist so strongly vpon as makes me doubt if I were to follow thereby to find the end of this Dedâ—lâ—s his Laborinth I should very hardly have any hopes of returning againe the same way because they urge so vehemently upon this naturall motion of the Orbes so as in Magellans Strait men are violently driven backe inferring thereby that all things included shall by consequence follow the same so that I should fight against the streame to Returne the same way But while I am thus pondering out this doubt its prompt into my minde that if all things included must follow then should also the Earth walke in the same Revolution with his neighbour the Sea as also my selfe and yet keepe at the same distance so as I am never the nearer nor further for my purpose by those Circular motions But now my Iudgement wishes me to stay nearer home and let these wandering travels of the thoughts past for that my owne experience is better able to satisfie me then all those Elimentary cogitations and thus in few words as thou didst cary a flood tide along with thee through Fretum Hudson to Swans-Nest from the E. out of the Hyperborian so hast thou found another on the W. side thereof comming from the W. out of the Mare del zur which shall bring the home againe with the like expedition whreby thou wert carryed forth The Probability WEe have observed in the former Iurnals of Sir Martin Frâ—brisher Davis Waymouth Hall Knight and Mr. â—udson that the current doth set from the E. side of Groneland over to the S W and W and that nere the coast it sets W. in wherein we have floated all this time and thereby are brought to harbour in Resolution where it flowes 5 fathomes right up and downe and if the account brought unto me by my men may be beleeved that the flowing doth farre surmount this and that a E S E Moone maketh full Sea it doth also appeare bâ— Mr. Bylot that farther within the straits as at Salvage I le a S E. Moone brings high water and that it flowed â—quall water with Resolution as also at the Iles of Gods Mercy by Mr. Hâ—dson it â—lowed above 4 fath they being almost in the halfe way the distances being nere 85 leag the course W. N. W. 31 deg and differing in Latit nere about 1 d. from Salvages to Mill Ile is 59 leag W. by N. where it â—loweth nere 4 fath and a S S E. Moone and in all those three channels in which I have beene viz. betwixt Sir Dudly Digs his Ile and Notiâ—ghams Ile betwixt that and Mill I le as also betwixt Mill Ile and the Kings Promontory in all these 3 I say for I have had sure triall and so had no man before mee that the tide of the flood doth come from the S E. running halfe tide and with as swift a current as goeth in the River of Thames from Mill I le to the S. side of Sea Horse Poynt they being distant 25 leag I found the tyde to flow as nere as I could take it by the lead line 20 foote and a S. by E. Moone full Sea the tide of ebbe there holding his course doth but onely slacke for the time of floud about 4 howres which strong tide in the two N. most channels betwixt Nottingham and the Kings Promoâ—tory by all likelyhood doth contiâ—ue his pasiage betweene Cape Comfort on the West and my Lord Westons Portland on the East returning their waters into Frâ—tum Dâ—â—is by the Iles of Cumberland For the tyde that commeth on the South Channell between Cape Wâ—lstenholme and Salisbury I le are consumed in strength and flowing setting into Hudsons Bay betweene Swans nest Sir Robert Mansils Ile and Sir Dudley Digges the most part of the latter flood falling into Hudsons bay From Sea-horse Point on the West to Caries Swans-nest the distance is about 58 leagues there it doth flow but 6. foote in height and but 4. houres in time for Hudsons Bay hath devoured the latter flood so as heere wanteth both tyde and time to wit from neere 5. fathomes to 4. to neere 4. to 20. foot but now to 6. foot yet this flowing is continued according to the Moones course to wit from E S E. to S E. to S S E. to S by E. to S by W. Which is an evident and assured token that this Tyde was fed and continued from the Easterne Ocean comming in betwixt Cape Farwell in Groynlaâ—d and the North maâ—â—e of America but now ended heere into this great Bay and â—bly â—etuâ—ned baâ—ke againe at the recourse of the tyde For in Mr. Hudâ—â—â—â— Voyage the tyde of flood the ship setting on ground upon a Rocke was found to come from the E. the â—â—be from the W which was no other then the Tyde and thâ—t came in and set forth betwixt Cape Wolstenholme and Cape Digges It is now probable that this Tyde of the S. Channell comming from the East is not an end and that Tyde on the North is turned away as I have found by experience at Carie Swannes Nest Standing from hence 7â— leagues into the latitude of 64 10 m. which is to the North of that high land called Hopes Advanâ—'d I found a Tyde setting from the North as the land did their coast which Tyde did flood above 20 foote water in the dead neepe as it was at my being there and that it did runne halfe tide being full Sea about clocke 11. So as about a W. S. W. Moon maketh full Sea I was commanded by the letter of my instruction to make a perfect Discovery either by Ship or Boat of all that undiscovered betwixt this latitude and Port Nelson and also that betwixt Port Nelson and Hudsons West Bay in which discovery I now came to finde that I was out of my way for sayling from this land where I found this new Tyde which land I have named Sir Thâ— Rowes Welcome it being on the Northmost known part
wish their pride to know that Gods mercy is over all his Creatures and hath created as good men in the North as in the South let no man bee disdained misprised or vndervalued for his wants except in Vertues For I doe not thinke but litle Mr. IEFFERY that pretty Courtier can pitch his eye-sight as high into the Firmament as Mr. EVANS his Maiesties great Porter And for Sea-men where have you better than the Scotsh-men are and yet North-Countrey men It was also cast into my dish that I was an Officer of the Admiralty a poore conceit to obiect against me for this vndertaking and as much as to say as the greatest Civilian held to be in Christendome cannot be capable of higher Promotion if hee belong to the Admiraltie I have also placed a Polar Map or Card that this Discoverie may be the better vnderstood and for that I did desire to give satisfaction by Demonstration of all treated of in the Booke for otherwise another proiection could not have contained it but at vnreasonable diversity and because I cannot describe all the Names in Fretum Hudson of Capes Ilands and Bayes at length in Letters in respect of the smalnesse of the Degrees of Longitude I have inserted them in a table by the letters of the Alphabet as thou shalt find beginning with A b c d and tracted my owne way and discovery foorth and home in small prickes I acknowledge it to be but rough-hewen like Ship wrights â—imber but what it wants in smoothnesse or forme let thy good Report licke it into I trust I shall not need to vse the fashion of Authors to make any doubt of carping Momus or rayling Zoilus seeing I have intended thy Good without any Reservation to my selfe But I feare mee I have held thee too long in this place like him who purposeth to take a long Iourney stumbles vpon his owne threshold but have Patience for I had rather be in fault then want I have here prostrated my duty to my King and my service to my Countrey craving thy favourable acceptance I rest From Kingston upon Hull this first of Ianuary 1635. Thine in all welwilling Luke Foxe CERTAINE TESTIMOnies concerning King Arthur and his Conquests of the North regions taken by Mr. Hacklute out of the Histories of the Kings of Brittaine written by Galfridus Monamutensis newly Printed at Hedleberg 1587. Lib. 9. Cap. 10. IN the yeare of CHRIST 517. King Arthur in the second yeare of his raigne having subdued all parts of Ireland sayled with his Fleet into Iseland and brought it and the people thereof into subjection the rumour being spred throughout all the other Lands that no Countrey was able to withstand him Doldanius King of Gotland and Gunfacius the King of Orkney came voluntary unto him and yeelded their obedience promising to pay him Tribute The winter being spent hee returned into Britaine established his Kingdome in perfect peace he continued there for the space of twelue yeares Lib. 9. Cap. 12. After that King Arthur sending his Messengers into divers Kingdomes hee summoned such as were to come to his Court aswell out of France as out of the adjacent Ilands of the Sea and a little after from these adjacent Ilands came Guillaumarius King of Ireland Malvatius King of Iseland Doldunus King of Gotland Gunnotius King of Orkney Lot the King of Norway and Archilius King of Denmarke A testimony of the Right and Appendances of the Crowne of the Kingdome of Brittaine taken out of Mr. Lambert Fol. 137. pag. 2. ARTHVR which was sometimes the most renowned King of the Britaines was a mighty valiant and famous Warriour This Kingdome was too little for him and his minde was not contented with it hee therefore valiantly subdueâ— all Scantia now called Norway and all the Iles beyond Norway to wit Iseland and Groenland which are appertaining unto Norway Sweveland Ireland Gotland Denmarke Semeland Windeland Curland Roe Femeland Wireland Flaunders Cherilland Lapland and all other Lands of the East sea even unto Russia in which Lapland he placed the Eastmost Bounds of his Brittish Empire and many other Ilands beyond Norway even under the Pole which are appendances of Scantia now called Norway he planted the Christian Faith throughout all Norway matched their Nobility with Brittish bloud called Norway the Chamber of Brittaine and incorporated them unto us Another testimony out of Galfridus Monumetensis concerning the Conquest of Malga King of England Lib. 11. cap. 7. MALGO succeeded Vorciporius which was the goodliest man in person of all Brittaine a Prince that expulsed many Tyrants hee was strong and valiant in warre taller then most men that then lived and exceeding famous for his vertues This King also obtained the Government of the whole Iland of Brittaine and by most sharpe battailes he recovered to his Empire the sixe Ilands of the Ocean Sea which were before Tributaries to King Arthur namely Ireland Iseland Gotland Orkney Norway and Denmarke The Voyage of Octher to the Northeast parts beyond Norway reported by himselfe vnto Alfred the famous King of England about the yeare 890. OCTHER sayd that the Countrey wherein he dweit was called Helgoland hee told his Lord King Elfreed that he dwelt furthest North of any Norman he sayd that he dwelt towards the North part of the Land towards the West coast And in another place hee affirmeth that there was no man dwelling towards the North from him and aâ—lirmed the land to stretch farre to the North yet all Desert and not inhabited Vpon a time he fell into a fancy to know how farre the Land stretched Northward whereupon hee tooke his voyage directly North along the Coast having alwayes the Desert land upon his Staâ—board and upon the Larboard the maine Ocean and continued his course for the space of 3. dayes in which space hee was come as farre towards the North as the Whale-hunters used to travell hee proceeded to the North as farre as hee was able to sayle in other 3. dayes at the end whereof he perceived the Coast turned toward the East or else the Sea opened with a maine Gulfe into the land hee knew not how farre well he wist and remembred that he was faine to stay till hee had a Westerne wind and somewhat Northerly and thence hee sayled plaine East along the Coast still so farre as hee was able in 4. dayes at the end of which time hee was compelled to stay untill he had a full Northerly wind for as much as the Coast bowed downe thence directly towards the Southward at leastwise the Sea opened into the Land that he could not tell how farre so that hee sayled alongst the coast directly South so farre as he could travell in five dayes and at the 5. dayes end hee descryed a mighty River which opened very farre in the land at the entry of which River hee stayed his course and in conclusion turned backe againe For he durst not enter so feare of the Inhabitants of the Land
Ireland so farre North that he came to a Land vnknowne where he saw many strange things This must needes be some part of this Countrey of which the Spaniards affirme themselves to be the first founders since Dannos time wherevpon it is manifest that this Country was by Brittanies discovered long before Columbus Of Madoâ—s returne there be many fables but he did returne and declared of the fruitfull Countryes he had seene with out Inhabitants and on the contrary what barren and wild ground his Brethren and Nephewes did kill and murder one another for He prepared a Navie of ships got with him such Men and Women as were desirous to live in quiet and taking leave of his friends tooke his journey thither againe Therefore it is to be supposed that he and his people inhabited part of this Country for it appeareth by Francis Lopez de Gomara that in Acuzamill and other places the people honored the Crosse whereby it may be gathered that Christians had beene there before the comming of the Spaniards This Madoc arriving againe in that West Countrey vnto the which he came 1170. left most of his people there and returned backe for more of his owne Nation acquaintance and friends to inhabite that faire and large Countrey went thither againe with 10. saile as I find noted by Guyten Owen I am of opinion that the Land wherevnto he came was some part of the West Indies As concerning Sebastian Cabot I cannot find that he was any further Northward then the 58. Degree and so returned along the Land of America to the S. but for more certainty heare his owne Relation to Galâ—acius Buâ—rigarius the Popes Legate in Spaine Vnderstanding saith he by reason of the Spheare that if I should saile by the way of North-west I should by a shorter tract come to India I caused the King to be advertised of my device who immediately caused two Caravels to be furnished with all things needfull which was as neere as I can remember in the yeare 1496. In the beginning of Summer I begun to saile North-west not thinking to find any other Land then that of Cataia and from thence to come into India But after certaine dayes I found the Land run to the North which was to me a great displeasure neverthelesse sailing along the Coast to see if I could finde any Gulfe that turned I found the Land still to continue continent to the 56. Degree vnder the Pole and seeing that there the Coast turned toward the East dispairing to find the passage I turned backe againe and sailed downe by the Coast of that Land toward the Equinoctiall Thus much from himselfe But heare how Baptistie Ramusius his Country man how he flattereth him thus It 's many yeares since it was written vnto me by Sebastian Cabota our Countryman a Venetian a Man of great experience and very rare in the Art of Navigation and the knowledge of Cosmographie who sailed along and beyond this Coast of new France at the charges of Henry the 7. King of England and he advertised me that having sailed along time West by North beyond those Ilands into the Latit of 67. Deg. and ½ vnder the North Pole and on the 11. day of Iune finding still the open Sea without any impediment he thought verily by that way to have passed on still to Cataia which is in the East and would have done it if the Mutinie of the shipmasters and Marriners had not hindered and made him returne home from that place Out of Robert Fabians Chronicle THere is also mention made of Iohn Cabota Sebastians Father by his meanes in the 13. yeare of Henry the Seauenth at the same Kings charge one ship was victuailed from Bristow wherein divers Marchants of London adventured sma stockes to search for an Iland he said was very Rich and replenished with great Commodities In his company went from Bristow 3. or 4. small Barkes laden with coarse Cloth Caps Laces Points and other trifles they departed the beginning of May but were not heard of in that Maiors time Out of the same Chronicle VVIlliam Purchase being Maior three Saluages were taken in New found Land and brought to the King they were cloathed in Beasts skinnes and eate raw flesh and spake such speech that no man could vnderstand them and in their demeanor much like to bruite Beasts of which two yeares after I saw two apparrelled after the manner of Englishmen in Westminster Parish I could not discerne them from English vntill I had learned what they were An Extract taken out of the Mappe of Sebastian Cabota cut by Clement Adams IN the yeare of Grace 1497. John Cabot a Venetian and Sebastian his Sonne with an English Fleete set from Bristow discovered that Iland which before that time no man had attempted on the 24. day of June this Land he called Prima Vesta that is to say first seene that Iland lying out before the Land he called the I le of St. John Because he discovered it vpon that day of St. John Baptist The inhabitants of this I le vse to weare Beasts skinnes in their Warres they vse Bowes Arrowes Pikes Darts Wooden-clubs and slings The soile is Barren in some places and yeeldeth little fruit but is full of white Beares and Stagges farre greater then ours it yeildeth plenty of Fish and these very great as Seales and Sammons there are Soales of a yard in length but especially there is great plenty of that kind of Fish which the Salvages call Baccalaos there are also bred Hawkes and Eagles Another Testimony of the Voyage of Sebastian Caboc taken out of the third Decade of Peter Martyr of Angleria THe North seas have bin searched by one Sâ—bastiaâ— Cabot a Venetian borne he furnished 2. Ships at his owne charge and first with 300. men directed his course towards the N. Pole that even in the Moneth of July he found monstrous heapes of Ice swimming on the Sea and in a manner continuall day light Thus seeing these heapes of Ice before him he was enforced to turne his sailes and follow the W. coasting the shore he was thereby brought so farre into the South by reason of the land stretching Southward that it was there almost equall in latitude with Fretum Herculeum As he travelled by the coasts of this great Land which he named Bacculaos he saith hee found the like course of waters toward the West but the same running more soft and gently then the swift waters which the Spaniards found in their Navigation South-ward wherefore it is not onely moâ—e like to be true but ought also of necessity to be concluded that betweene both the Lands hitherto vnknowne there should be certaine great open places whereby the waters continually passe from the East to the West Which waters I suppose to be driven about the Globe of the Earth by the incessant Motion and impulsion of the Heavens and not to be swallowed and cast vp againe by the breathing of Demogorgon as some
have imagined because they see the Sea by increase and decrease to ebbe and flow Sebastian Cabota himselfe calls those Lands Bacculaos because that in those Seas thereabout he found so great multitude of certaine bigge Fish much like vnto Tanis which the Inhabitants call Bacculaos and that they sometime stayed his ship He found the people also of these Regions covered with Beasts skins he saith also he saw great plenty of Copper and this is all of Note out of this Author Francis Lopez de Gomara out of his Generall Historie of the West-Indies HE which brought most certaine newes of the Countrey of Bacculaos saith Gomara was Sebastian Cabot a Venetian which rigged 2. ships at the Cost of Henry the 7. King of England having great desire to Traffique for the Spices as the Portugales did he carried with him 300. men and tooke the way towards Iseland from beyond the Cape of Labrador vntill he found himselfe in 58. Deg. and better he made relation that in the Moneth of July it was so cold and the Ice so great that he durst not passe any further the dayes were very long in manner without night he returned and refreshed at Bacculaos and after sailed along the Coast Southward vnto 38. Degrees and from thence he shaped his Course to returne into England An abstract of the Courses Distances Latitudes Longitudes Variations Depths and other Observations as also the severall proceedings Discoveries Accidents and remarkable things of the Captaines Masters Pilots and others formerly imployed for the search of the Northwest Passage to the East India The History of Sir Martin Frobrisheâ—s voyage 1567. WAs 15. yeares in noting and bringing up the Adventure before hee did attempt the same which was brought to passe by the helpe of the right honourable Ambrose Dudley Earle of Warwick the Expedition was prosecuted in two small Barques of 25. tonnes the piece viz. The Gabriel and the Michael and one Pinnace of 10. Tonnes He departed from Blackwall Iune 15. went by the North the 15. of Iuly he had sight of a ragged land he tooke to be Freezeland durst not approach the same for Ice and Fogge and thereabouts he lost the sight of his small Pinnace by storme which he thought the Sea had devoured wherein were onely foure Men. The Michael misliking the matter slipt back for England with report that the Captaine was lost at Sea The worthy Captaine notwithstanding he had sprung his Mainmast in the storme proceeded on W. Northwards and the 20. he had sight of a high land he named Queene Elizabeths Forlarnd and sailing more Northerly along the Coast descried another Forland with a Gut Bay or passage Westward He met great store of Ice along the Coast was crost with winds that he could not thwart those streights in few dayes he discernes the Ice to be well consumed either ingulfed therein by Indrafts or else set so Southwards by Currents He enters the 21. sayles Westwards 50. leagues with land on both sides imagines the one the maine Continent of Asia the other on larboard the firme land of America he named the Straight Frobrishers straight After he had sailed 60. leagues up he went on land found signes where fire had beene made and Deere so mankinde as he was faine to defend himselfe against them The people resort to him in their Canoes of Leather had like to have stolne his Boate from him before he was aware they came on Shipboard brought him Salmon Flesh and Fish they appeared to be nimble of their joynts and strong they fall to trade for Fish Seale coates of Seale skinnes and Beares skinnes for bels looking-glasses and other toyes they intercept his boate with 5. men nere till this day heard of The Captaine by the ringing of a bell intices one of the Salvages to him as though he would give it him he lets the bell fall into the Sea as the Salvage should have tooke it he takes him by the hand and pulls him with his boate into the Ship Whereupon in despight the Salvage bit his tongue in twaine yet he lived till he came into England and then dyed of cold he had taken at Sea with this prize he returnes for England arriveth in Harwich the 2. of October He commandeth his Company at their landing in the foresaid Countrey to bring away something with them of the first they could lay their hand upon in token of possession in the right of Queene Elizabeth Whereupon some brought Stone some flowers some grasse one brought a peece of stone much like to Sea coale in colour but by weight seemed to be Mettall or Mynerall but as yet not esteemed of but from the place from whence it came Of this bright Stone he gives a piece as of something brought from that farre Country to one of his Adventurers wives who throwing the same into the fyre to burne and after it was quenched with vineger it glistered with a bright Marquesset of Gold whereupon the matter being called into some question it was tryed by certaine Goldsmithes in London who upon essay made gave out that it held Gold and that very richly for the quantity and the said Goldsmithes promised great matters if any quantity thereof could be had which hopes produced a second Voyage This Voyage they gave names to Sounds Ilands Bayes Capes Streights c as Elizabeth Forland Cape Labradore Gabriels Iland Priors Sound Thomas Williams Iland Bourchers Iland Frobrishers Streights And describes the Country people to be like the Tartars With long blacke hayre broad Faces flat Noses tawnie coloured wearing Garments of Seales skinnes He arrived in Harwich the 2. of October Navigation of Christopher Hall Master with Frobrisher the first Voyage SEcretary Woollye was sent from her Maiestie to give charge to the Company of the ship to obey their Captaine and be diligent in all things he observes at Gravesend and found the. Latitude 51. deg 23. min. Variation 11. deg â— â— Inne 24. he had sight of Faires Ile The 25. he had sight of the Swinborne in Shotland the S. most Cape beares N. N. W. Fairely at the same time W. S. W. sailing from these bearings with Swinborne he had depth 60. 50. 40. Fathams Fairely bearing W. N. W. 6. leagues offryn he had depth 59. and 46. fatham and went into Tromius Sound in Shotland to stop a leake 14. Leagues West South-wards from Faire I le he had variation W. 11. deg 9. min. Iuly 11. He had sight of Friesland sharpe pinacled high-High-Land Land and covered with snow bearing W. N. W. the Captaine attempted to get on Land but could not for great store of Ice And had no ground at 120. Fatham sailing from thence 20. leag S. W. observing the Sunne in the Meridian 52. deg Iudges the variation W. 2. points and a halfe The 28. was foggie but at the breaking vp thereof he had sight of Land supposed Labrado found great store of Ice about the Land
but he had no ground at 100. Fath. a Cables length off shore And a great Current sets S. W. and N. E. 1. League â— â— in the houre The tide sets to the shore and thenone great peece of Ice breaking made a noyse as if the Cliffe had fallen into the Sea 10. The floud sets S. W. along the Land And it flowes so 11. Latitude here 63. â— â— This day they enter the Streights and set saile for Gabriels Iland then distant 10. Leagues 13. They enter within a Sound in a Sandy Bay the Land beares E. S. E. depth 8. Fatham a S. E. Moone full Sea they name this Sound Priors sound distant from Grabriels 10. leag 16. Calme and faire in 2. houres the Ice was froze about the Ship a quarter of an inch thicke The 19. the Captaine and he went on shore vpon an Iland with 8. men and from the top thereof they had sight of 7. Boates which came rowing from the East side to the Iland then they returned on shipboard and sent their Boate with 5. men to see which way they tooke and so with a white Cloth or waffe brought one of their Boates with their men in her along the shore rowing after the Boate vntill they see the ship and then they rowed on shore and he followed and gave every one of them a threed Point and brought one of them aboard where he did Eate and Drinke and then carried him ashore againe wherevpon the rest being 19. Persons came on boord but he could not vnderstand their Language they be like Tartars with long blacke haire broad faced flat nosed and tawny Coloured wearing Seale skinnes and so doe the women nothing differing but the women in the Face hath blue stroakes downe the Cheekes and about the eyes their Boates are made of Seale skinnes with a wooden keele within them much like vnto a Spanish shalop save onely they be flat bottomed and sharpe ended 20. They went on Land vpon the East side of the Iland with 4. men more in the Boate where they see their houses the people came to them calling and rowing one of them came into their Boate they carried him on board gave him a Bell a knife the Captaine commanded 5. men to set him on shore in an Iland not amongst their Company but they not regarding went to them who surprised their Boat and themselves never as yet heard of 21. The next day they shot off a Falken-gun and sounded a trumpet to heare from their men but were not answered this morning the Snow was on Foote thicke vpon the haâ—tches 22. They went to the place where their men were lost and had sight of 14. Boates and some came neare them but they could heare nothing of their men 26. Returnes homeward at 8. a clocke in the night was thwart of Gabriels Ile and had Cape Labradore as he supposed W. 10. Leagues off 1. Had sight of Friesland 8. leag off from this day to the 6. they run along Iseland 25. Sight of Orkney 1. Anchor at Yarmouth Sir Martin Frobrisher his 2. Voyage 1577. DEparted from Blackwall the 26. of May with 3. ships to wit the Aide of the Queenes burthen 180. Tonnes the Michaell and the Gabriell accompanied with 140. Gentlemen Soldiers and Saylers victualed for halfe a yeare He went by the North the 7. of June arrived at Orkney in the Iles of Scotland 8. He departs from thence sailes betwixt W. and N. W. vntill the 4. of July 26. dayes saile from thence they meete with much Drift-wood as they suppose from New found Land And driven over with the Current which they say sets from the W. to the East The 4. of Iuly they had sight of Friesland 10. or 12. leagues off and great store of Ice 30. or 40. Fatham aboue water they supposed on ground though they could scarce sound the bottome for depth The Generall attempteth to goe on Land but cannot they coast it 4. dayes sees no signe of habitation Yet by Birds which in Fogs had lost the land came to the Ships they suppose the Country to be more habitable within then outward shoare maketh shew or signification The 8. they depart from thence 16. He comes to the making of the Land named the yeare before by him the Queenes Forland being as they judge it an Iland lying neere the supposed continent of America Another Iland lying upon the Asian side called Halls Iland betwixt which two Ilands goeth in Frobrishers straights or the unknowne passage into the Sea of Sur. He doth suppose that the Ice of this Coast is carried by some contrary E. or W. tyde or current upon the Coast of Freezland causing that Country to be farre more intemperate than other countries farre more North. At their first entrance they found the Straight mured with Ice the Captaine with his Pinnace past twice through before he durst hazzard in the great Ships They goe on land the people seemed to be joyfull thereof they embrace and the Captaine laid hands on them but they escape through nimblenesse and defends themselves with their bowes and Arrowes he tooke one all the rest escaped They put their Ships into the Straights all full of Ice they made 14. bourds in one watch to refraine the Ice the lightnesse of the night did them much comfort and helpe for sight and this hazard they made for safegard of their Captaine and Master who were on land 17. Being the day following the Capt. came on board with report of great riches hid in the bowels of that Continent Within 3. or 4. dayes after they had been in the Streights the W. and N. W. winds dispierst the Ice The 19. they enter without impediment The 20. they found a good harbour and names it Iackmans Sound anchoring the Ships there The Generall marches up into the land takes possession in the Queenes name and imployes his men about the businesse they came thither for Whilest they continued in this harbour they kept watch continually with boates and roapes ready to hale and towe away the Ice which otherwise might have driven thwart the Ships with Ebbe and flood The Generall findes not commodity answerable to his Expectation in the supposed America leaves the Ships coasts on to the supposed Asia the stones on land and Sand in Sea sparkle like Gold on both sides if all be Gold that glysters upon the West shore they found a dead Fish floating it proved by the horne to be a Sea Vnicorne the Spiders put therein dyed The Generall in further search findes Gold oare as he supposed with a good harbour and returnes to the Ships by the way he espies a Tent covered with Seale skins the people was fled he leaves glasses bels and knives therein onely tooke one Dog and nothing else leaves a letter with pen inke and paper for his men to write which was tooke from him the last
with the lands end of England and puts into Milford haven in the Admirall The 2. barkes were separated at Seaby storme the one arrived at Bristow the other came about Scotland and arrived safely at Yarmouth In this voyage they lost two men Queene Elizabeth named the land Meta incognita Things Remarkeable in this second Voyage THey are men of large Corporature good proportion and of colour not much unlike the Sunne-burnt Country man They weare their haire something long cut disorderly before their women weare their haire long knit up with two loopes some of them Races their cheekes chins and faces whereupon they lye a colour like darke Azure They eate all their meate Raw as flesh fish fowle or but lightly perboyled with water and bloud they will eate Ice as we doe Suger For necessity they will eate grasse like bruit beasts without table or stoole and when their hands are imbrued in blood they licke them cleane with their tongues They yoke their Dogs for use as wee doe Oxen and when they grow old they fatten them to eate and if they dye they doe the like They apparell themselves in skins of Beasts Fowle sowed together with the sinewes thereof to defend them from cold They make their apparell with hoods and tailes which tailes they bestow as favours to ratifie any friendship showen them the mens garments are not so long as the womens They weare their hose close to their legs from the wast to the knee without any opening before as well the one kind as the other upon their legs they weare hose of leather with the fur-side inward 3. paire at once especially the women in these hose they put their necessaries they carry about them they put also a bone into their hose from the foote to the knee whereon their hose being drawne are held up in place of garters They dresse theyr skins very soft and supple with haire on in winter they weare the skin-side inwards in Sommer outward other apparell they have none Their beasts fishes and fowles are all their meate drinke apparell houses bedding and all their Riches Their houses are tents covered with skins pitched with quarters foure square meeting at tops sewed together with sinewes their entrance is alwayes ore against the Sunne They have other sorts of houses which they found not to be inhabited raised with stones and Whale bones and covered with skins the entering not unlike unto an ovens mouth which they frequent during their hunting time and so leaves them untill they come thither againe They have 2. sorts of Boates the one only for one man the other for 16. men they kill all their fish and flesh with darts and it may be thought they repaire to some other place to live in winter farther from the Sea side they will eate theyr flesh and fish smell it never so filthily what knowledge they haue of God or what Idoll they adore is unknowne they make signes of people that weare bright plates of Gold in their foreheads The Country is high and mountainous great quantity of snow lying thereon there is little plaine ground and no grasse but that which is like unto mosse growing upon soft ground such as we get turffe upon There is no wood at all There is great quantity of Deere their skinnes like unto Asses their heads or hornes doe farre exceed any both in length and breadth of those Countryes their feete are great as Oxen which measured were 7. or 8. inches in breadth their are also Hares Wolves fishing-Beares and sundry sorts of Sea fowle The 3. Voyage of Sir Martin Frobrisher this Voyage the Queene gave him a Chaine of Gold Articles to be observed in his Fleete 1. INprimis to banish Swearing Dice and Card playing and filthy Communication and to serve GOD twice a day with the ordinary service vsed in the Church of England and to cleare the glasse according to the old order of England 2. The Admirall shall carry the light and after his light be once put out no man to goe on head of him but every man to fill his sailes to follow as neare as they may without indangering one another 3. That no man shall by day or night depart further from the Admirall than the distance of one English mile and as neare as they may without indangering one another 4. If it chance to grow thicke and the wind contrary either by day or night that the Admirall be forced to cast about before her casting about she shall give warning by shooting off a piece and to her shall answer the Vice-admirall and the Reare-admirall each of them with a Peece if it be by night or in a fogge and that the Vice-admirall shall answer first and the Reare-admirall last 5. That no man in the fight discrying any saile or sailes give vpon any occasion any Chase before he have spoken with the Admirall 6. That every night all the Fleete come vp and speake with the Admirall at 7. of the clocke or betwixt that and eight and if the weather will not serve them all to speake with the Admirall then some shall come to the Vice-admirall and receiue the order of their course from Mr. Hall chiefe pylot of the flight as he shall direct them 7. If to any man in the flight there happeneth any mischance they shall presently shoote off 2. peeces by day and by night 2. peeces and show 2. lights 8. If any man in the night come vp and hayle his fellow knowing him not he shall give him his watch word Before the world was God the other shall answer him if he be one of our flight After God came Christ his Sonne so that if any be found amongst vs not of our company he that first discryeth any such saile or sailes shall giue warning to the Admirall by him selfe or other that he can speake vnto that sayles better then he being neâ—rer vnto him 9. That every ship in the fleete in the time of Fogs which continually happen with little winds and most calmes shall keepe a reasonable noise with Drum and Trumpet or otherwise to keepe themselves cleere one of the other 10. If it fall so thicke and misty that we lay to Hull the Admirall shall give warning with a peece and putting out lights one over the other to the end that every man may take in his sailes and at his setting of sailes againe doe the like if it be not cleare 11. If any man discover Land by night that he give like warning that he doth for mischances 2. lights and 2. peeces if it be by day one peece and put out his flag and strike all sailes he hath abroad 12. If any ship shall happen to loose company by force of weather then any such ship or ships shall get him into the Latitude of and so keepe that Latitude vntill they get friâ—Friâ—land they shall get them into the Latit of and to the North of and being once entred into the straights all
Boates then before and of the contents of 20. persons And they thinke that being 60. leag vp the soresaid straight they saw Land on Larboard To returne backe againe the same way out of this streight along the supposed backeside of the Continent of America at the Queenes Forland he espies a Gut to goe through in Frobrishers straights sends the Gabriell through who meetes againe in the streight so the Queenes Forland proved an Iland They anchor in the streight at a Land they named Hattons Head-land where they met 7. of their ships and staies for the rest The 26. they had a cruell storme of winde and snow which disperced their Fleete and were most cruelly weather-beaten The 2. of August all the Fleete arrived except 4. and harbours neeâ—e Mount Oxford The 6. day they got vp as high as Leicester point Then they hold a Consultation for inhabiting but doth not 1. ship they had lost then as they thought but she came home without doing any thing Therest searches for Mynes and findes one cals it Bests blessing after his owne name that found it but in bringing their ship thereto she grounded vpon a Rocke halfe dryed So as they were forced to vnderprop her with their mayne yard and thereby escaped the danger which they might otherwise have fallen into Now the Fleete being all laden and ready they furnish vp a little house with Bells Babies Pictures of men and women Glasses Whissles Pipes with an oven with baked bread left it to the Natives And vpon the last of August the whole Fleete was ready to depart but a cruell storme tooke them some at Sea some at anchor in Sounds The Busse was faine to seeke a new way to Sea through a Sound she rid in vpon the backside of Beare sound and got to Sea to the N. of Frobrishers Straights but the Generall came home in the Gabriell and could not get aboard his owne ship the Aide The Busse comming home found an Iland in 57d and a halfe sailed a long 3. dayes and saith it is a fruitfull Champion country and wooddy The Busse fell on the South of Freezeland the 8. of September they steered from thence S. E. and by S. untill the 12. when they discryed land 5. leagues off The S. W. part bore S. E. by E. the Northermost N N E. or N E. the Master accounted the S. E. point of Freezland was then from him N. W. by N. 50. leag he accounts this Iland to be 25. leagues long S. E. and N. W. the S. side is in 57. â— â— they had sight of it 28. houres they opened 2. harbours therein the Master did account himselfe 50 leagues S. E. by S. from Freezeland when he first discovered this land there dyed about 40. persons upon this voyage It is to be observed in these Voyages That these are but Histories and that they did not know whether they saw Asia and America or no as I am sure they did not nor know in what land they were yet for certaine they were at Meta Incognita otherwise Groneland I thinke they meant to have kept this golden Country to themselves for the courses distance latitude longitude variation and other marine observations herein is none only one Latitude of 63. 8. min. the entrance of Frobrishers Straights and Freezeland they have placed in 61. deg with this new Iland the Busse is in 37d. and a halfe Northerne Latitude There is Beares Hares Foxes and innumerable of Sea-Fowle where of his men kild in one day 15. hundred he found of Ginnie beanes in their tents of colour Red the Inhabitants are good markemen with their darts for the most part they will strike a Ducke in the eye but altogether in the head The first Voyage of Captaine Iohn Dâ—vis of Sandruge in Devonshire 1585. to the North-West HEe departed from Darmouth the 7. day of Iune with 2. Barques viz. the Sunshine of 50. tonnes 23. persons and the Mooneshine of 35. tonnes 17. persons he put into Falmouth the 8. and remained there untill the 13. he went by the West 14. He puts into Siâ—â—ey and had contrary windes untill the 28 in his course N. Westward he see many Whales and Porposes they kild a Darly-head or porkfish which eate as sweete as any Mutton The 19. they fall into a great whirling or brisling of a tyde setting to Northwards and they heard a mighty roaring of the Sea as if it had beene the breach of some Shore the weather was fogge and mist they lanch a boare to sound but findes no ground at 300. fathomes and found the roaring to be the Sea and Ice beating together The 20. they descryed land the most deformed that ever was seene it seemed like the forme of Suger loafes over-toâ—ping the Clouds and covered over with snow the shore belaid with Ice a league off he names this Land Desolation The 21. they perceived themselves imbaid very deepe and great store of Ice to the N. N. E. W and S. W. they cleared themselves by running S. S. W. along the shoare The Captaine attempts to land but could not for Ice they try for fish but could get none the water was black and thick like to a standing poole here were many Seales They see woods on land like to those on New found land they had great store of float-wood upon the Coast they tooke up one Tree 60. foote long and 14. hands about they bend their course to South with intent to double the Land The 23. they coast the land which did lye E. N. E and W S. W. The 24. they coast the Land lying E. and W. not able to come neere shore for Ice the weather something thicke and colde the allowance of victuall was encreased so as 5. men had every morning â— â— pound of bread and one can of beere to breakefast the weather like Aprill in England but when the winde blew from land or Ice it was colde but when it came of the Sea it was very hot They depart from this land sailes N. Westward above 4. dayes 29. they descry land in 64. 15. bearing N. E. the ayâ—e and sea cleare and temperate he stands with land espies many faire sounds and harbours and many Inlets into the land he Iudges this land to be a number of Ilands he anchors goes on land findes where the inhabitants had beene he findes also a Shooe pieces of Leather sowed with seames and peeces of furre and wooll like to Beaver The Country people come to him he causes his Musitians to play wherein they tooke great delight and fals a dauncing at night he comes a board they all depart The 30. in the morning came 30. Canoes by the Ship cals them to land and they both make protestation by clapping on their brests and pointing to the Sunne they become familiar they will sell their cloaths from their backs with the buskins hose and gloves made of Seale skins and bird skins the
and arrowes At the harbours mouth were greatstore of Cod-fish The first of September he set saile and with faire weather coasts along to the Southward the 3. day being calme lets fall a Cadger to prove for fish In which place there was such aboundance as the hooke was no sooner over-board but it was taken it was the largest and best fed fish that ever he see and some of his men which were Fishermen said they never saw a bigger Skull of fish in their lives The 4. he anchors in a good roade among Ilands the Country low-land pleasant and full of woods To the N. of this place 8. leag finding a mighty great Sea between 2. lands to the W. the S land to his judgement is nothing but Iles he greatly desired to have gone into this Sea but winde or something was against him he anchored in 4. fadome fine sand In this place is fish and fowle mighty store he had left on land some fish to drie he sent 5. men on land for them The Countrey people lay lurking in the wood and on a sudden aâ—saulted them they slew 2. and greatly wounded other 2. one escaped by swimming with an arrow shot through his arme Great store of fish and fowle they made a hook of a crooked Spike before the baite was changd they tooke more then 40. great Cods the fish swimming so abundantly thicke about the hooke as is incredible to be reported This Davis in his Hydrographicall doth describe The 10. he shapes his course for homeward he arrived in England the beginning of October The Observation He departed from England the 7. of May 15. of June he sell with Land in 66d. 70. d. Longitude from London he was troubled with Ice he findes that there is Copper Ore the people may be brought to trade but are theevish and treacherous he stayed in harbours 24. dayes went no further to the Northwards then 66d. 17. m. in Long from London 70d. he returns the beginning of August and upon the coast of America in 55d. finds great store of great â—od-fish having not done so much as he did in his first voyage he arrived very safely in England the beginning of October You shall understand that the Sun-shine and the North-starre were to seeke the Passage betwixt Iseland and Groenland by the appointment of Captaine Iohn Davis of which their Voyage the relation is writ by Henry Morgan servant to Master William Saunderson Merchant of London a worthy and principall Adventurer in the Voyages of Davis as followeth FromCaptaine Davis THey departed in the Latitude of 60. deg the 7. of June and sailed into 66 and tooke harbour in Iseland the 12 and staies there untill the 3 of July then he comes forth and being a little troubled with Ice shapes his course for Groynland the 7 he sees it and ranges along untill the moneths end The 3 of August he comes to Gilberts Sound in 64 deg 14 min. Davis his Randevow and it seemeth was so appoynted to meete Davis and his fleete who departed from thence the 11. of July The people came and traded with them and in the end sought to betray them they plaid at foot-ball and our men cast them They depart from thence 5 or 6 leag Southwards the same people come to them againe they see Foxes and Dogs runne upon the Ilands as they observe them to be they found the hornes of Stags and footing but see none The 30 of August they depart for England the winde takes them contrary so as they take another harbour there come of the people and bring them Seale skinnes The Master would have changed one of the boates he had formerly bought which they would have taken from them by violence they fall to combat with our men and throwing their darts struck one of our men another of our men shot one of them into the brest with an arrow the fight continued our men tooke one of them into our boate his boate and all our men kild three of them two of them were shot with arrowes and the other hurt with a sword he with his boate taken was shot with an arrow our men cast him over-board and his consort tooke him up and conveyed him away they departed and would not come to us as before The 31 of August we departed from Gilbert sound the 3 of September they lost sight of the North Starre the 30 they enter our Channell They brought home 500 Seale skinnes 140 halfe skinnes what bone it was they brought home they know not Captaine Davis his 3. Voyage North-West 1587. FRom Dartmouth with 3 Shippes the Elizabeth the Sunne-shine and a Clincker called the Hellen of London The 12 of Iune there fell difference betwixt the Master of the Sunneshine and the Marriners for that the Seamen would goe on the Voyage a fishing the Master would not untill he had the company of the Elizabeth but the matter was reconciled and all were content to goe to the place of Randevow The 14. of Iune they descry land high and mountainous but did imagine themselves to be 16 or 17 leagues off The 16 they anchored in harbour the people came according to their olde order with crying Eliout and shewed them Seale skinnes The 17 they make way to set up their Pinnace they brought from London The 18. hee passed about the Iland hee found blacke Pumice-stones and salt kerned upon the Rockes white and glistering this day he tooke one of the people a strong fellow The 20 the Salvages came to the Iland where the Pinnace was set up and made ready to be lancht and tore the two upper stroaks away from her for love of the Iron I doubt in revenge of their prisoners and for harme done the last yeare but being thus much made unserviceable it was agreed the Elizabeth should have her to fish Now as they were ready to depart newes was brought the Captaine that the ships that they were to venter their lives in I thinke for the discovery had at one time 300. stroakes yet they agree to commit themselves to Gods mercy in her rather than returne with disgrace So they stand North-wards along the Land which they call the land of their Merchants because the people come and traffique with them but here they were in doubt of their Ship I take it the Elizabeth and Sunneshine are gone a fishing home himselfe went N. ward into 67. 40. where they had great store of Whales and fowle which they call Cortenous two Canoes came to them at Sea they cry Elâ—out and gives Birds for bracelets one had a dart with a peece of Vnicorne horne the Salvage made stay thereof vntill he saw a knife and then he truckt they went along with them 3. houres The 25 came 30. Canoes 10. leagues off Land and brought Salmon-peeles Birds and Caplyn they give them Pinnes Needles Bracelets Nailes Knives Bells looking-Glasses and other triâ—â—es For a Knife a Naile or a Bracelet they
Denmark for the discovery of Groenland 1605. his first Voyage Abstracted FRom Denmarke he set forth the 2 of May and saith hee found the Compasse varie Eastward at the Naes of Norway 7 deg 10 min. He saith that one league to the Northward of Faire â—slâ— he found the race of a Tyde setting so strongly Northwestward as if it had bin in the race of Portland Faire Isle bearing E S E. foure leagues off Swiâ—borne head N. E. by N. eight leagues off The I le of Foule N E. the Compasse was varied to the Eastward of true North 60 deg 10. minutes and he thinketh that the Iland Busse discovered by the Busse of Bridgewater in Frobrishers last Voyage is not truly placed in the Marine Charts At his falling with Groenland hee named a headland Cape Christianus after the King of Denmarke in latitude 59 deg 50 minutes and he found it due for that none other before him hath named it S W. by W. five leagues from thence hee had 12 deg 15 min. variation Westwards standing from thence to Seawards he sayled three houres in blacke water as thicke as puddle He found Cape Christianus and Desolation to lie W. by N. 50 leagues distance and a Current S S W. set him violently into the Ice he also findes the Current upon the side of America to set to the North but contrary on the Groenland coast to the South He findes a harbour upon the Coast of Groenland and sailes 6 leagues up a great Inlet or river before he could find 16 fathomes to anchor in the land on both sides was steepie and mountainous He goes on land and findes houses or rather Tents covered with Seale-skinnes the people came to him crying Eliout holding up their hands their boates were covered all over with Seale skinnes about their Tents was great abundance of the flesh of Seales to drie with Caplin and of Pilchards innumerable of which with other fishes their rivers are full their dogs were very fat they found in their Tents Foxe and Seale skins very well drest also certaine coates of Seale and Fowle skins with the feather-side inwards they also found a certain vessell boyling upon a lampe the vessell made after the maÌ„ner of a little pan the bottome of stone the sides of Whales Gils therein was Seales flesh boyling in Seale oyle and in another a dogges head boyled by those Tents lay two great boates with which he supposed they transported themselves from one place to another this not being the place of their continuall habits the boats were open with 8 or 10 thoughts and 20 foote in length at least for a saiâ—e they have the guts of some beast well drest and neatly sowed together After this the people came to them in their boates and bartered Seale skins and their Coats even for olde nailes or for a knife they will sell coate and boate Vnicorne horne or Mors teeth Whale finne with which they head their darts and weapons the Latitude of this Harbours mouth is 66. deg 30 min. an E and W. Moone makes a full Sea it floweth 3. fathomes and an halfe up and downe he had made about a barrell and â— â— of oyle and leaving it on land all night the Salvages let it forth The Salvages came the next day and bartered and going on land upon a sodaine without violence done them which shewes their wicked condition they assailed them with stones out of slings in most violent manner at the shooting of a Falcon-gun they all fled The next day againe they repaire to the number of sixty making new truce by crying Eliout but perceiving they had bags full of stones by them at the report of a Pistoll they all departed and after that they came to the same Cliffe againe and violently assaults them that no man could stand upon the hatches so as hee was glad to shield himselfe by loosing his Bonnets and lacing them about his ship and at the firing of a Musket they would ducke downe behind a Rocke the report gone they would afresh assault them He departs from hence and came to an anchor in an excellent haven on the S. side of a high hill which he named Mount Coningham this Sound for the goodnesse thereof he named Denmarke-haven 20 He loosed from this harbor the Salvages came againe to the number of 73. beating and making a hideous noise they enter into barter and throw Shels and toyes into his Boate he causing his boy to fetch them they shoote him through both buttockes with a Dart there were at this time mustered upon the Ilands to the number of 300 people Now followeth Mr. Iames Hall his Topographicall Description of the Land as hee discovered the same THe land of Groenland is a very high ragged and mountainous Countrey having many good Rivers Harbours and Bayes into 5. of which hee sayled 10 or 12 English leagues being very navigable with abundance of Fish of sundry sorts the Land in all places where I came seemed to bee fertile according to the Climate wherein it lyeth for betweene the Mountaines was most pleasant Plaines and Vallies insomuch as if he had not seene the same hee would not have beleeved that such a fertile land in shew could have bin in those Northerne Regions there is also great store of Fowle as Ravens Crowes Partridges Pheasants Seamewes Gulls with other sorts of Beasts he hath not seene any except blacke Foxes of which there are very many Hee doth suppose there are also many Deere for about their tents they found many Harts-hornes with the bones of other beasts also within the land he saw the footing and dung of divers other beasts he found the footing of one beast to be 8 inches over in the rivers were Fishes as Seales Whales and Salmon with divers other sorts of fishes the coast is a very good and faire land for 3 leag off he found 15 fathomes and as he approached the same 13 12 10 fathomes very faire sandy ground The people are a kind of Samoid or wandering nation removing from one place unto another they are people of a reasonable stature browne of colour very like the people of the East and W. India they are active and warlike vsing their darts and slings very nimbly they eate their meate raw or little parboild with blood oyle or water they apparell themselves in skinnes of such beasts as they kill but especially with Seales and fowles which they can dresse very soft and smooth in Summer turning the haire and feather side outwards in Winter inwards their weapons are slings bowes darts headed with bone or yron he supposeth them to be Idolatrous worshipping the Sun he met all the coast along much drift wood but from whence it came he knew not he coasted this Coast along from 66 deg to 69 deg and found many good sounds and harbours and returning towards his Shippe which he found in a harbour
she was exceeding leake and the shallop also and which was worse they had never a Rudder to steere withall yet they rowed all night amongst Ice 1 and 2. They rowed up and down amongst the driving Ice with little hopes to recover their Countrey 3 The wind at N. they had a great current set to Southward they make fast to a peece of Ice and went to worke to stow their things snug close downe within board to make her stiffe for they had no ballast the Carpenter makes what shift he could to hang their Rudder having nothing to make Gudgions nor Pintels they were faine to breake open the Masters Chest to take the Iron bands to make fast 2 pickaxes for 2 pintels this Night they hang the Rudder with 2 pintels and a Cable through the middle of it to keepe it too with two tackes now were they in good hopes to get cleare for before their ship being Leake with her stem sore beaten with Ice and Rockes themselves with pumping and rowing were both sore and wearie 4 This day the wind came W N W. and was faire weather they got cleere out of the Bay the Noone-watch and was the first they had of long time before being all glad to watch to conduct the Ship cleare from the Ice their ship was so leake that if she stood vnpumped but halfe an houre they could not dry her with 1000 stroakes therefore they were inforced to Rumige and found many leakes but not that which caused them to pumpe so sore at last they find it close abaft the fore-foote where the keele was split in 2 or 3 places they could not come to stop it for it was vnder a timber in at which the Sea came so fast as it was not possible to keepe her free with both pumpes then did they take their maine bonnet and basted it with Okum and put it over-board right against their leake which eased them 4 or 500. stroakes in an houre they all this day consult to shape their course for New-found-land hoping to meete with some English or French and to mend their Ship at this time one of their men was very sicke another had his hand splinted and most of them all were so sore with rowing and pumping as they were not able to stirre but that they must perforce 5 They shape their Course for New-found-land 21 They fall with land being nothing but Ilands Latit 49 degrees 30 minutes 22 Faire weather they stand in among Ilands and a great Current set from Iland to Iland no ground at a 100 Fathoms they keepe too and fro all this night in great danger being among broken Rockes with thicke weather 23 They espie a dozen shallops fishing they make towards them they tooke harbour and remained in this Bay o Fogo untill the 22 of August repairing their ship and refreshing themselves the 24 of September they arrive a Dartmouth This journall from the death of Master Iohn Knight wa writ by Oliver Browne one of the Company An Abstract of the Voyage of Master Henry Hudson to the Northwest begun the 17 of Aprill 1610. and ended with his life being treacherously exposed by some of his Company 22 IN the Road of Lee in the River of Thames he caused Master Coolbrand to be set in a Pinke to bee carried backe againe to London This Coolbrand was every way held to be a better man than himselfe being put in by the Adventurers as his assistant who envying the same he having the command in his owne hands devised this course to send himselfe the same way though in a farre worse place as hereafter followeth 5 He came to the Isles of Orkney and here he set the N. end of the Needle and the North end of the Fly all one 6 He was in latitude 59 d. 23 m. and there he perceived that the N. end of Scotland Orkney and Shotland for hee visited them all as he saith are not so Northerly as is commonly set downe in the Charts 8 He saw Farre Ilands in Lat. 62. 24 m. but he staid not there 11 He fell with the E. part of Iseland then plyed up along the S. part of the land and came to the Westmost and the 15. he still plyed up untill the last of May and got some fowles of divers sorts 1 He put to Sea out of a harbour in the Westmost part of Iseland and according as hee writeth plyed to the Westward in Latit 66d 34 m. 2 He was in Latit 65 d. 57 m. small wind Easterly 4 He saw Greenland perfectly over the Ice this night Sun set at N. and rise N N E. The 5. he plyed in 65 d. still incom bred with Ice which hang upon the câ—â—st of Greenland 9 He was off Frebrishers sâ—raâ—â—s and pâ—ide Southward untill the 15. and then he was in Latit â—9 d. 27 m and had sight of Desolation and finds the errour of the former lying downe of the land running to the Northward as he saith untill this day in 60 d. 42 m. he saw much Ice many riplings and overfallings and a strong streame setting West Northwest 23 In sight of much Ice wind variable and in latitude 62. degrees 19. minutes 25 About midnight he saw the land North but was suddenly lost yet he runne still Westward in 6â— deg 19 min. and he plyed upon the South side seeking the shore he was troubled with much Ice in latitude 52 deg 16. min. 8 Hee plyed off the shore againe untill this day the Polâ—s elevation 60 d. 0 m. he saw the land from N W. by W. ½ N. unto the S W by W. covered with snow a Champion land and cals it Desire provoked 11 He plyed still to Westward and fearing a storme he anchored by 3 ragged Ilands in uncertaine deepes betweene 8. and 9 fathomes he findes the harbour unsufficient by reason of sunken rockes one of the which was the next morning 2. fathomes above water which he had gone over hee calls them the Isles of Gods mercy it floweth here better than 4 fathomes the stood came from North flowing 8 a Clock the Change day the latitude in this place is 62 d. 9 min. 16 Plying to Southward untill this day he was in 58 deg 50 min. there he was Imbayed with land and had much Ice 19 Vntill this day he plyed Westward and found his latitude 61 deg 24 min. where he see a Bay in the South land which he named Hold with hâ—pe 21 Hence he plies to the Northward had variable winds and findes the Sea more growne then he had any time since he left England 23 The Poles height was 61 deg 33. min. 25 He saw the Southland and named it Magna Britania 26 He was in latitude 62 deg 44 min. 28 He plied Southward off the Westward and was in 63. deg 10 min. 31 Plying Southerly he found himselfe in 62 d. 2â— min. 1 He had sight of the North
the Iles of Gods mercy the Master sent this Author over to discover this Iland to the North and North-West he met with a covery of Partridges and kild onely the old one it was barren land having nothing thereon but water plashes and torne Rockes as though it had beene subiect to earthquakes to the North of this Iland there is a great bay or Sea they know not what it may prove there was a great Iland of Ice on ground which with the spring tide was set on float and carried to the N W. but came not backe within sight here they found some drift wood on shoare From thence he stood to S W. to double the land to the W. off him through many peeces of Ice at length he found a cleare Sea and raised land to the N W. whereupon he stood more to S. then before and fell amongst Ice which he would have doubled to the N. but could not then he stood to the S W. amongst the Ice and strove to get to the land but could not for the Ice from out of this bay he stood to the North and was soone cleare of the Ice then he stood to S. W. and W. where he was inclosed with land and Ice having land on the one side from the S. to the N W. and on the other side he see land from E. to W. but the land that lay to the N. and lay E. and W. was but an Iland he went so farre as he could and made fast to the Ice the tyde brought upon him but the ebbe did open and made way and 7 or 8 houres he was cleare and with the great Ilands of Ice was carried to the N W. He stands to the W. along the S. shoare and raised 3 Capes or headlands one above another the middlemost is an Iland with a Bay which he thinkes will prove a good harbour he names them Prince Henries Forland when he had laid these he raised another which was the extreame part of the land looking towards the N. upon it are two hils but one above the rest like an humlocke he names it King Iames his Cape to the N. of this lyes certaine Ilands he names it Queen Annes Forland he still followed the N. shoare beyond the Kings Forland there is a Bay wherein lyeth some broken land and close to the maine but he passed by on the night From thence he stood to the N. and W. to double this land againe and fell with land that stretched from the maine like a shoare from S to N. and from N to W. and downe to S again here a storme takes him and he stands to N. and raises land then he stood to S. againe for he was loathat any time to see the N. shoare the storme continuing and he comming to the S. he found himselfe shot to the W. a great way which he mervailed at considering his leaward way to S. W. ward off this land there is a hill he named Mount Charles to the N. and beyond this is an Iland that to the East hath a fore head land and beyond it to the W. other broken land where he thinks may be found a good harbour he names this Cape Salisbury He then left those lands to the North-East and fell into a ripline or overfall of a current which he thought to be shoald water but had no ground he put on still in sight of the south-South-land and raised land 2 leag from the maine he tooke it to be the North maine but it proved an Iland having a very faire Head-land to the West which he named Cape Digges on the other side to the East was another Cape or head-land which he called Cape Worstenholme betwixt which two he sailed South He sends the Boate on shore to Digges his Iland and in her going she was overtaken by a storme of Raine Thunder and Lightning they came to the N East-side being high-land but with much adoe going to the highest part they find some plaine ground and Deere 4 or 5. And after 16 in one Heard but could not come nigh them with Musket shot Thus going from place to place they see to the West a Hill higher then all the rest it was steepe and they could not get vp to it but on the South-west side and on that side was a great water pond from whence on the South runneth a streame of water as much as would drive a Mill falling into the Sea and in this place bred great store of Fowle and the best grasse grew there they had seene since their comming from England they found Sorrell and Scurvey-grasse in great aboundance they found likewise Hills made like to hay-cockes within which were great store of Fowle hanged by the neckes they tooke many of them and downe a valley carried them to their Boate. In this time the Master had brought in the Ship betweene the two lands shot off some peeces to call the boat on board for it was a fogge they perswaded him to stay heere for refreshing but he would not but sailed downe to the S. the land beares E from him and the same Maine that he had all the time followed he looseth the sight thereof because it fell away to the East and after he had sailed 25 or 30. leag he came to shallow water broken ground and Rockes which he passed to the S. and in a storme of winde the water still shoalding he came to anchor in 15 fathomes After this he wayed and stood S E. for so the Land laid and came to have land on both sides then he anchored and sent the Boate on land the Land on the W. was a very narrow point and to the S. there was a large Sea He stood to the South betweene these two Lands in this place not above two leagues and in the sight of the East-shore in the end he lost sight thereof and came into the bottome of a bay into 6. or 7. fathom water then he stands vp againe to the N. by the West-shore vntill he came to an Iland in 53 deg where he tooke in water and ballast From thence he passed to the N. but some 2 or 3 dayes after there fell some reasoning concerning their comming into this Bay and going out the Master takes occasion to reviue old matters and displaces his Mate Robert Ivet and also his Boate-swaine for words spoken in the great Bay of Ice he places Robert Bylot his Mate and William Wilson Boate-swaine and then stands vp to the N vntill he raised land and then downe to the S. then vp againe to the N. and then downe to the S. and on Michaelmas day he came in and went out from certaine Ilands which he sets downe for Michalmas Bay from thence he stood to the N. and came into shole water the weather thicke and foule He anchored in 6 or 7 fadomes and lay there 8 dayes before which time he could
protract this Voyage to try whether this ut ultra proved a Bay or no must begin here and proceed to Carys Swans nest From this noone untill midnight he stood N. E. by N. 18. leagues with much winde and goowne Sea From midninght being in 15. fathoms the weather hazy the winde S. W. he stood off N. E. by North 12. leagues till noone seeing the weather like to be bad and at 3. in the morning he found his depth not answerable to his expectation for he had but 25. fathom and at â— past 3. 21. fathom hee stood S. E. till 4. that morning and had 30. fathom 27. About 6. this morning hee gave order to take in his Skiffe the weather clearing he saw land N. and by E. about 5. leagues off and was as the other land that hee last sawe something higher and having edged in with the land from this morning 6. untill noone the land was N. E. and by E. from him From noone untill 6. in the evening he steered E. one point without the land 4. leagues at 6. he anchored 32. fathom It was then slake water for at 8. came a strong set from N. by E. at 11 the winde S. S. W. and blew much hee weighed and stood away N. E. with his Fore and Mision Sayles 28 At midnight he put out all sayles and stood N. E. away 4. leagues untill morning 4 having depth then 73. fathom he edged in N. and N. and by E. upon that tyre hee found the night before and runne from this morning 4. untill noone 6. leagues N somewhat Easterly This noone with bould winde S. he loost up for the shore to get an oppertunity if possibly to send his Boat on land to have found which had beene the flood and which the ebbe but when he came within 2. leagues of shore hee found the Bay all broken ground and the Sea full of breaches a good way off the shore and some within one mile under his Lee. The weather growing suddenly very thick he came to an anchor at one a clock in the afternoone and sent the Boat on Land but they had not beene from him halfe a Glasse but it grew so thick that he caused Muskets to bee shot to call the Boat back againe at the end of 5. Glasses they returned saying that having rode halfe an houre at anchor they could discerne no tyde no more could he in the Ship In this place it is a Bay full of small Iles neere the shore under the high land and as he rode bore on him N. N. E. Easterly and S. W. at clock 4. the winde began to blow very much hee wayed and stands E. N. E. of with a S. S. W. winde untill 6. that night the winde encreasing to a great storme he takes in his maine and top sayles and stands away E. N. E. with a foresayle at 8. a clock he had 63. fathom and so standing one houre longer it began to shoald contrary to expectation he came into 50. fathom for that to fore running Eastward hee alwaies depened his water which now shoalding he edged of E. till midnight they had but 44. fathom which perceiving he found that he was imbayed therefore to prevent further danger he strook sayle and lay to Halle 29. From midnight untill 3. this morning he lay on Hull having the water so shoald and at 3. the weather clearing a little with the increase of the daylight hee saw land from the E. by S. to the N. N. E. Easterly which perceiving hee set his Sayles and flats about his Ship head and stood W. of till noone 4. Leagues Thus at noone it falling calme and hazie he anckors with his ledge Anckor hee feared all the coast along to bee rockie ground and being thus at anckor at 23. Fadome he had at 2. a Clock a little cleare and saw the Land not pastt 2. Leagues from him from the N. to the W. S. W. which together with the Land which he saw in the morning from S. to the E. by S. N. E. Easterly gave him assurance that he was imbayed for that he could not be of that Easterne Land above 7. Leagues Being thus at a Non plus himselfe by observation the day before by his reckoning since to be as far Northerly fully as 65. d. It troubled him something and especially to see the Easterne Land to treul away Southerly well the wind comming about to N. N. E. hee came out of this hee called a Bay and saith hee was enforced therein by extremity of a S. W. wind and yet hee saith that by his not far standing from the West side this Bay cannot be above 16. or 17. Leagues over from Land to Land and in his running hee found the depth of it to be not above 4. and 5. and 30. Leagues But as a wise Gentleman and one well understood in the Rules of Navigation who having exactly surveyd these journall writs in the Margent I cannot find that it proved a Bay nor is it one by any thing herein written and for other things knowne is none About 5. in the afternoone the wind encreased to a great storme he tooke in his Sayles and went away with a free and sprit sayle having 46. Fadome and betweene 7. and 8. hee came after to 62. Fadome and in a cleere hee saw the Land E. and by S. 3. Leagues off From the time that he set sayle this afternoone untill 8. at night he ranne 7. Leagues S. S. W. the wind at N. N. E. At Clock 10. hee stood S. E. hoping to have found the Land to wind away and running but â…“ of an houre he came to smooth water upon a suddaine and had but 26. Fadome And the weather being yet hazie hee saw the Land faire by him bearing E. S. E. very high Land then he edg'd of untill midnight S. S. E. Easterly having come since 8. a Clock 5. Leagues From Midnight Land still in Verioe he edg'd off W. N. W. and at 2. in the morning hee came into 65. Fadome then hee edg'd of W. and S. W. and S. S. W. untill 4. in the morning when the storme was so violent that he was driven to steere away before it with his fore course at 5. this morning by the extremity of the Sea he sunk his long Boate. All this morning he steered untill S. S. S. W. 5. Laagues along the shoare and every stache hee saw the Land not above 3. Leagues from him from 8. untill Noone hee steered S. 5. Leagues then the storme began to lesson and he put out more Sayle And this Easterne Land hee saw to beare S. S. E. Easterly from him and lyeth as neere as he could Iudge S. Westerly and Westerly From Noone untill Midnight hee stood away S. S. E. 13. Leagues and from Midnight untill this noone S. S. E. 6 Leagues and 4. Leagues S. S. W. 31. This day at Noone it was cleere and by his observation
this was in 62. d. 57. m. Latitude the wind comming to the East S. E. and E. by S. be stands to the N. wards desirous to keepe that Land still in sight or at least to get the shoalding thereof at Clock 2. the wind encreased to the taking in of both top Sayles about 6. it turned about to E. N. E. and to N. E. by E. he tacks about to the Southwards having run N. wards 4 Leagues N. by E. about 8. it blew to both Bonnets off and hee stood with two courses making way untill Midnight S. and by E. 2. Leagues and other 2. Leagues untill 4. S. and by E. 10. This morning he lay to Hull the weather extreame and hazie and so thick that he could not see a pistalshot from him in this time hee drew 2. Leagues S. S. E. and this is to be noted that he had 3. stormes in 4. dayes and for 17. or 18. dayes last past he had not had past 6. hoâ—â—es cleere at any time nor beene 20. houres without a stiffe blowne cold and English storme After 3. this aftenoone it sell flat calme hee sets both his Sayles and stood to the N. untill Evening 6. the wind about N. E. at 6. seeing the wind would not permit him to seize in that N shoare he stood to the Southward the weather thick and exceeding uncomfortable his way was I. League N. N. W. S. W. by W. 2. Leagues and one League S. S. E. 2. From Midnight a League S. S. E. the weather thick and foggie the Wind Easterly From this day noone untill Midnight E. by S. 4. Leagues and 2. Leagues N. and by E. the wind hanging still to the Northwards and hazie weather his depth betweene 70. and 75. Fadome hee coveted still to hold sight of the N. shoare but it pleased not God it should be so Therefore with patience he stood away as neere as he could but â—y his standing Northwards his water still shoalded so as 〈…〉 the Lâ—â—d still winded to the Eastward 3. From Middight untill Noone 7. Leagues N. E. from thence 4. Leagues E. by S. till Midnight 4. From Midnight untill 5. this morning N. and by E. â— Leagues from thence he stood E. S. E. foggie weather with some cleeres From noone untill 10. at night 6. leagues E. N. E. his depth shoalding from 65. to 40. sathom the weather thick and bad he stood 2. leagues West by North. At 2. this morning hee stands 2. leagues N. E. and untill noone 7. leagues S S. W. and past 4. this morning he sees land about 2. leagues off beating from E. to S. He writeth that the sight of it grieved him much so that now he made himselfe assured of that which he did but doubt before which was that they joyne to the Easterne part of the Bay from whence he came but I doe otherwise beleeve All the afternoone he stood a long the shore edging into 7. fathom and crosse a Race which set N. E. and S. W. and continued about halfe a Glasse At 4. a clock the N. W. point of the land did beare from him N. W. by N. about a mile of then steering within lesse then one mile of this Cape-land for so it was and a faire one of a low one as ever hee saw you shall have 9. and 10. fathom and shall open a very safe Bay the Easterne land whereof will beare from you E. by N. 4. leagues off In this Bay he handed all his sayles thinking to have ridde and watered but his anchor being downe and his Boat almost out one of his Masters Mates said he descried land from the top Mast head S. and by E. the newes whereof made him wonder for that they all knew this was the land they had seene the last yeere which they too kt to be an Iland He sent up Captaine Ingram who assured him it was land whereupon he hoysed up his anchor and set sayle and stood S. and by E. and S. and came into 30. fathom so missing this land hee anchored night at hand in 30 fathom At 2 this morning he weighed to better his deepe and to goe neere the land he thought he had seene in 2. Glasses hee lessed his deepe 3. fathom so steering S. S. E. he came to 46. and 56. fathom in 2. Glasses About 5. in the morning the wind came about to the N. by E. he stands E. close upon a wind and came to 125. at noone without sight of land whereby hee was assured that it was the imagined last yeeres Iland From yesterday noone untill this noone 14. leagues S. E. by E. and 6. leagues E N. E. the weather somewhat cleare but not fit to make observation after noone the Gale hards on he strooke his lofty sayles the Sea somewhat growne the day cleerest and fairest of 16. or 17. dayes before From noone this day until midnight E. N. E. 8. leag this night 11. the weather grew bad and hee saith the Sea beat of his Beaks head at which time he took in sayles and came to Hull From midnight before untill this day noone hee drive on Hull 3. leagues S. S. E the weather foggie raine and wind but somewhat lesse At 2. in the morning the storme being broke up and Sea downe he set sayles and had driven since noone before S. S. E. 4 leagues the winde betwixt N. N. E. and N. E. At 8. this morning he had 50. fathom the thick was cleered and he see land to beare on him East From 2. this morning the time of his setting of sayle hee made N. E. by N. Northerly 7. leagues the morning was foggie but the day proved faire At noone they had a good observation and all that did observe agreed in one and to be in 61. d. 38. m. Latitude hee made way to the shore E. by N. Northerly 2. leagues and came to an anchor at clock 2. in 17. fathom the land bearing from N. E. by N. to E. S. E. After 3. this afternoone the winde comming to the E. N. E. he set sayle and stood to the Northward and about 5. this evening coasting along the shore the Northland seemed like small Ilands and broken lands the sight whereof made him desirous to put in amongst them but the winde would not permit at clock 5. the weather thickned and the land bore from N. E. Easterly to S. E. from him 4. leagues This land was a very low and a smooth land from hence he stood off to the Westward till midnight his depth from 14. to 95. fathom his course W. N. W. Northerly 7. leagues At Midnight having the same depth the wind was at noone N. northerly he stood about to eastward 10. Leagues E. N. E. Somewhat before noone this day it cleered and in 12. Fadome hee saw the Land 2. Miles off and upon the same hee saw 5. white Beares so standing of the coller of his main stay broke which caused him to
small broken Ilands to a point about 12. leagues distance from the I le he set from it being all broken land so calls it broken point This day 12. he was about 4. miles from the foresaid point fast amongst Ice and he saith he might well have called this Fairenes or Faire Point for from this day to the 30. the weather was so faire and almost altogether so calme that in few places else where fairer weather could not be and untill the 27. hee was so fast inclosed amongst the Ice that one could not dip water by the Ship sides Vpon the 29. day he see the Sunne and Moone both at one time as indeed in faire weather is usuall in those parts Being faire and calme the Sea almost as steady as on shore with his Instruments for Variation hee went to worke to take the time of the Moones comming to the Meridian and had a Quadrant of 6. foote Semidiamiter ready to take Sols Almicanter having taken the Variation of his Needle as properly as he could which was 28. d. 10. m. The Sunnes Almicanter at the instant when the Moone was upon the Meridian was 26. d. 40. m. the Sunnes declination 23. d 6. m. by which 3. things given he found the houre to be 5. a clock 4. m. 54 secon â…“ 4 4 or 67. d. 13. m. 16. s of the Equinoctiall after noone and according to Scarls Ephemerides the Moone came to the Meridian at London at 4. a clock 54. m. 30 s and after Origanus the Moone came to the Meridian at 4. a clock 52. m. 5. s at Wittenberg the same day now having this knowne it is no hard matter to know the Longitude of this place sought for according to the Moones meane motion which is 12. d. a day it is in time 48 m. and to this account if shee bee on the Meridian at 12. of clocke this day tomorrow it will be 48. m. past 12. so hee having the time found by observation at this place viz. 5. houres 4. m. 52. s â…“ 4 4. but in this he needeth not come 50. precise and at London at 4. houres 54. m. 30. s which substracted from the former leaveth 10. m. 22 s â…“ 4 4. Now the Moones motion that 24. houres was 22 d. 38. m. which converted into time is 50. m. 25. s 20. th then the protion standeth thus if 50. m. 25. s 20. th give 360. d. what shall 10. m. 22. s â…“ 4 4. give the propotionals welbes 74. d. South which is West of London because the Moone came later by 10. m. 22. s and by the working of Origanus his Ephemerides the distance is 91. d. 35. m. West of West but whether be the truer hee leaves it to others to judge for if those workings bee not carefully looked unto there may be great errour committed as in the observation and in the Moones comming to the Meridian to the place for which the Ephemerider was Calulated for and it may be in the Ephemerides themselves in all which the best and most judicious may erre The 6. of Aprill another outward bound at Sea by the Moones comming in a right line with two fixed Starres the one was the Lions heart a Starre of the first magnitude the other in the Lions Rumps of second magnitude as followeth The Circumference or outward eye of the Moones being in a right or straight line with those two Starres before named at the instance he tooke the Altitude of the South ballance 2. d. 38. m. because he would save the time but in this it is good to waite a fit time as to gave her in a right line with 2. Starres not farre distant and those not to be much difference in longitude because the Moone will soone alter the auyle or potion and such a time would bee taken when the wood is in the 19. of the Ecliptique above the Horizon for then there is no parallel of Longitude but onely in Latitude but who is painefull in these businesses shall soone see what is needfull and what is not his observations were as followeth Lions Heart  degr min. secon Right Ascention 46. 28. 30. Declination 13. 20. 45. Longitude 24. 27. 45. Latitude 00. 26. 30. Almicanter 33. 40. 00. Lions Rumpe Right Ascention 63. 23. 00. Declination 22. 38. 00. Longitude 05. 53. 45. Latitude 14. 20. 00. the Moons Paralax Paralax 00. 47. 46. Latitude 03. 20. 00. Almicanter 37. 00. 00. Latitude of the 56. 43. 00. This note hee saith is set downe for any that can and are disposed to spend their time therein themselves having spent some and would have spent more if leasure had served but finding it not to his minde he hath set downe the particular worke as he received it from me Rudstone 28 Lying here enclosed now among the Ice with faire and calme weather as before is said untill the 27. day at evening he set sayle the winde South East an easie gale all the 28. and 29. he made way through the Ice but the 29. it was more open thâ—n before in 10. dayes at noone Salisbury sie bare West from him This day was close foggie weather with much raine the winde S. S. E. at noone he was 3. leagues from the land but had much Ice by the shore He stood to the N. and the next morning hee was faine by another small Iland or rather a company of Ilands which he afterwards called Mill Iland by reason of grinding the Ice as he had proofe the Lat. is 64. driving here to and fro untill clock 7. the Ice began to open and separate hee had not past along the I le by the East side thereof but the Ice came driving with the flood-tyde from S. E. with such swiftnes that it overwent his Ship having all sayles abroad with a reasonable gale of winde and put him out of the streame into the eddy of the I le This Iland or Iles lying in the middle of the Channell having many sounds running through them with many points or Head-lands encountering the face of the Tyde causeth such a rebound of the Ice and water which ran one way and the Ship another the Ship having met with Ice with the first or the flood put him neere the shore that hee was in the partition betweene the Ice which the edge caused to runne one way and the streame another where shee endured great distresse Thus hee continued untill towards high water which about one a Clock then with no small trouble hee got into the Channell and stood to the North West ward after hee had past some distance from this I le hee found the Sea more open then it was since he put into the straights and sayled all the next day with a South wind thorow an indifferent cleare Sea at Clock 8. in the morning hee was come againe into much Ice and this Ice was thicker and bigger then any he had before where he began to be enclos'd
him this day came 6. in Canooes they brought Salmon â—eale and such like which was good refreshing for his men the next day following the same 6. came againe but they saw them no more vntill the 6. day when hee had weighed anchor and was almost cleere of the harbour the same 6. and noe more came and brought of the like commoditie for which they gaue them Glasses Beades Counters and small pieces of Iron which they doe esteeme as wee Christians doe Gold or Siluer In this Sound was such Skulls of Salmon swimming too and fro that it was much to bee admired heere it floweth aboue 18. foote water It floweth on the change till seauen a clock It is a very good Harbour and easie to be kâ—owne having three high round hills like Piramidies close adjoyning to the mouth thereof and that in the midst is the lowest All this coast along is full of good Harbours by reason of so manie Ilands that lie from the Mayne By 3. this day hee was cleere of this place hauing a N. N. W winde faire weather So God sent him a speedy passeage for in 19. dayes after hee saw the the coast of England The 30. hâ— anchored in Douer Roade ¶ A briefe Discourse of the Probabilitie of a Passage to the Westerne or South Sea with Testimonies by mee Henry Briggs I Thought good to adde somewhat to this Relation of Mr. Baffyn that learned vnlearned Marriner and Mathematitian whose wanting Art of words so really jmployed himselfe in that jndustrious worke whereof heere you see so euident proofe This Mappe and Table would much haue jllustrated this Voyage jf trouble cost and his owne dispaire of passage that way had not made vs willing to content our selues with what followed of that leâ—aned and in this Argument three times thrice jndustrious Mathematitian Master Henry Briggs famous for his reading in both Vniuersities and this honourable Citie that I make a further Voyage of Discouery to find and follow the remote Passage and extent of his name Mr. Baffyn told mee that the Tide from the N. W. about Diggs his Island was mis-reported by mistaking the houre 8. for 11. and that hee would if hee might get imployment search the Passage from Iapon by the coast of Asia or qua data porta which way hee could But in the Indies hee died in the late Armouse businesse slaine in fight with a shot as hee was 24. trying bis Mathematticall conclusions for the discouerie of Sr. Thomas Button I haue sollicited for his notes and receiued of him gentle entertainement and kind promises being they forced me to stay in the City about necessarie vr Affaires hee would at his returne seeke and impart them since I heare that weighty occasions haue deteined him out of England and I cannot deliuer that I could not receiue which if I doe I purpose to giue them out of due place rather then noâ— at all once hee was very confident in conferrence with me oâ— a Passage that way and said that hee had therein satisfied hiâ— Maiestie who from his discourse in priuate suffered the necessitie thereof And the mayne Argument was there too so â—â— the Tyde for wintering in Port Nelson hee found the Tid rising euery 12. houres 15. soote Within the bottome of Hu 〈…〉 sons Bay it was but 2. Foote And in the bottome of Fretâ— Davies discouered by Baffyn but one yea and a West winâ— equalled the neepe Tydes to this Spring arguing the Neighbourhood of the Sea which is on the West-side of Amenia the Summer following hee found about the lat of 60. a strong Race of a Tyde running sometimes East-ward sometimes W. ward Whereupon Iosias Hubbart in his Plot called that place Hubbarts Hope now if any make scruple why this discouery was not persued by Sir Thomas Button let him consider that being Prince Henries Seruant and partly by him imployed whom I thinke named the Countrey New Wales The vntimely death of that Prince put all out of ioynt nor was hee so open that others should haue the glory of his discouery If any man thinke that the Passage is so farre as the Mappes vse to expresse Ammerica running into the West it is easily answered that either of negligence or ouer-busie dilligeate Mappes by Portugalls in the East and Spantards in the West haue beene so cleerely proiected heere That fabulous streight of Anian as before by Frances Gaules testimony and Nauigation is euident and hence the Portugalls to bring in the Moluceas to the Moietie of the World agreed vpon betweene the Spaniards and them are thought to haue much curtailed Asia and the longitude of those Islands giuing fewer degrees to them then in iust longitude is due so the older Mappes of America make the land from Magdalene Sireights to the South Seaâ— running North-west when they are rather contracted some-what Easterlie from the North and the like is iustly reported of their placing Periuvera and I know not nor they neither what Countries they make in America to run so farre to the N. W. ward which Sir Francis Drake his Voyage in that Sea his Nova Albion being little further North-ward then Aguatulie plainely conuinceth to bee otherwise yea the late Mappe of Culifirma found to bee an Island the Saluage discourses of all the Countries North-ward and West-ward from Virginia the Fame whereof filled my friend Mr. Dormer with so much confidence that hearing of strange Shipps that came thither for a kind of Vre or Earth the men vsing Forks in their Diet with Caldrons to dresse their Meate and things nothing suitable to any parts of America hee supposed them to come from the East neere China and Iapon and therefore hee made a Voyage purposely to discouer but crossed with diuers disasters hee returned to Virginia frustrate of attempting that yeere but fuller of confidence as in a Letter from Virginia hee signified to me where death ended his designe soone after but how often are the vsuall Charts reiected by experience in those Nauigations in the workes recorded Painters and Poets are not alwayes the best Oracles For further proofe of a passage about these parts into the W. or S. Sea as it is called from the first discouerie thereof to the South from the parts of new Spaine whence it was first described by the Spaniards there is mention of a Portugall taken in a Carracke in Queene Elizabeths dayes of Famous Memorie confirming this opinion Sir Martin Frobisher also from a Portugall in Ginney receiued Intelligence of such a Passage hee saying hee had past it the Pilots of Lisborne are said generally to acknowledge such a thing And the Admirall â— D'Garsia Ieaffrey Loaisâ— of Citie Royall in the time of Charles the Fifth is reported by the Coast of Baccalos and Labradore to haue gone to the Mollâ—â—aâ— Yascâ— Decorâ—nado writ to the Emperour that at Sâ—bola hee was 150. leagues from the South Sea and a little more from the North Anthonio
3 leag and being faire weather the water shoalding to 30 fath he anchored againe still finding a pretty soaking current setting most an end N W. and S E. This morning clock 8 he anchored againe having but new weighed because of the Fog This morning clocke 4 he weighed and stood away W N W. with S E. wind true course 5 leag and was in 63 d. 50 m. having a swelling Sea out of the Westerboard the water waxed deepe from 30 to 50 fath and the ground was hard channell ground from 12 to 4. he sailed N W. by N. 6 leagues but found no ground and supposed he saw the W. land bore N N W. from him From 4 untill 8 he stood away N. and by E. 5 leag at 8 he sets tacks aboard and stood N E by S. in a deep gut this day he had 45 fath at clocke 4. at 5 he had 8 fath and at 8 he had 65 the land bearing N N W. and N W. This day at the dawning the land bore N W. and he stood along it N E. true course he had sounding 25 and 30 fath and anchored at clocke 8 and weighed againe presently the land bore E. and had sounding all day the further N. ward the deeper water this writer saith he iudged it to be Salibury I le he sailed N E the forenoone some 7 leag in the afternoone N N E. for so the land did lye towards the bottome of the Bay the latit was 64 d. 30 m. variat 23 d. 10 m. the part of this land bore from him N N E. fine low plaine land The 8 in the morning he was perswaded it was a bay but that he will not say he was this day calming and did thinke that there was no tide here but sending his boate on shoare found 20 foot ebbing and flowing and sport enough for them all for in â— houres space he saw in conscience as good as 300 Deare as fat as butter but caught none for his intent was to travell as good as 2 miles hoping to have seene the Sea on the other side but could not 9 This day clock 8. to 12. he run 6 leag W N W. from 12 he steered away as the land would give him leave W S W. and W a fine shoalding coast and dainety sounding shelly ground from 10 to 16 fathomes heere he had a little current set W N W. this as he iudged is all broken land latit 63 deg 40 min. variat 23 d. 30 m. 10 The wind was at S E and by E. the farther to the Westward the shoalder water they iudge themselves to be shot so farre to the W. ward as Sea Horse Poynt because of the coast trenching to Southerly his boate rid with her Grapnet and found a pretty streame 11 This day he was in 63 d. 40 min. latit the land bearing from him S W. and trenching along to the S. being in this lat they thought themselves farre shot to the Westwards within Sea Horse poynt and so returned backe againe for the Bay where they were in almost 65 deg to the N. wards but he altered his mind and stood for Diggs his Iland to try the tyde N E by N. Northerly from thence where he turned out of the Bay of Sea Horse 24 leag 12 This day the wind was E. and by S thick weather 13 From the last day to this day noone he was becalm'd in thicke weather 14 From the last day noone till this he made way 9 leag E S E. and 2 leag N W. 14 He tryed the tyde and found as strong a streame at this time as you have here in the Thames it set S E. and N W. he followed it to see whether it would carry him at clocke 8 at night he anchored and wayed againe at 8 next morning and to 12. he run 4 leag N W by N. from 12 to night 10 leag and he had souâ—â—â—â—g 60 and 70 fath but anchored in 30. 16 This morning 4. he wayed and stood to the N. ward but thought he was stopt by land and therefore bore up the helme for England not oâ— that he was out of hope of a passage for that he will never say 17 From the last day untill this S. W. 8 leag he tackt to the N. ward this morning he was in sounding 70 60 59 fath 18 From the last noone to this he drove N E. 6 leag both these last dayes were thick weather 19 To this day noone 20 knots S E. and 10 knots S W. 20 To this day noone 20 leag S E. the wind W. and foggy 21 To this day noone he run 20 leag S E. thicke weather and he was in 61 d. 15 m. latit and sounding he had 86 fath 22 To this day noone 15 leag E by S. at noone it was cleare weather and he was in 6â— d. 40 m. latit and he saw land to the N. off him and had sounding from 45 40 36 fath 23 This day he was in latit 62 d. 00 m. in the morning the land bore S. off him and they judge it to be the N. shore or Cape he had sounding 9 and 19 fath and had run from last day 22 leag E by N. and 6 leag S he had sounding along the land 17 or 18 fath fine beach land and stiffe a gale at N W. 24 From the last day to this 23 leag S E. and 9 leag E by S. and this morning he fell with land which he tooke to be the Kings Forland it bore S E. 9 leag off and latit 61 d. 30 m. this day the Pinnace stole from them as they thinke upon puroose 25 From this day at noone N N W. 8 leag and N E by N. 9 leag sounding was 40 and 45 fath 26 This day at noone they saw the same breach that they parted from and was by observation in latit 62 deg 10 min. variat 26 deg the wind was at S E. and they thought themselves on the W. side of Mansfield Ile 2 leagues off and had deepe 16 or 18 fath 27 From last noone to this he run 27 leag true course N by E. and were in latit of 60 d. the wind at E S E. this night at clock 10 the fogge came the next morning it cleered but he had no ground at 100 fath he tackt about to the S. ward till next morning and then to the N. ward but at noone could have no observation 28 This morning 8 he tackt to the S for he saw a firme land of Ice from last day to this N E. 12 leag and 7 leag S E because of the Ice at clocke 10 he had 80 fath 29 From last day to this 10 leag S E. and 3 leagues N E and sounding had no ground 30 From last day to this was fog they got but little to the E. ward and sounding had no ground and latit 62 d. 40 min. 31 From the last to this 10
lea E by S. and 8 S E by E. the wind at N. at 8 in the evening calme but cleare weather they were close about the N. shore in 80 fath he had a ripling of a Tyde to the E. ward the land was something low towards the water but double height within land it lyeth W N W. and ESE This day he past by an Iland they tooke to be the W. most end of the straight and see Sir Dudâ—y Diggs his Iland being high land and see the S. shore and a gut when it beareth S W. seemeth to be 4 miles over they also â—ee Nottighams and Salisburies Ile and a channell betweene them of 8 leag and this strait is over about 15 leag they stood away this day E by N. 1 To this noone from the last 2 â— leag E. by S latit 63. Salisbury bore N N W. and the W. Cape on the N. shore bore N. E. variat 28 d. the wind N E by N. 2 To this noone 21 leag E by S and S S W. 5 leagues this morning he was close aboard the N. Coast it seemeth high ragged land and full of guts he was becalmed and befogged and stood S. wards into the channâ—ll having 1 10. oazie ground There is nothing else oâ— note untill the 7 day when Resolution bore N W. from him The 9 day he was open in Davis his straite in 59 d. 25 m. and had variat 26 deg 10 This day by storme his Pinnace threw over their boate and he lost sight of her This is all that is to be observed that he entred Fretum Hudson the 22 of Iuly and returned from his Search the 16 of August having beene no further to the N. then almost 65d. and vpon the S. side of Fretum Hudson neare Cape Charles the Tide came from S E. as it doth on the N. side the rest is he was set at his entring the mouth of the straite 30 leag to S. of Cape Chidley FINIS COurteous Readers the Printer but especially the Corrector craves your patience for this long Errata following which is also my request although to my unknowledge and in my absence they not being acquainted with the Methode of our Sea tearmes have coÌ„mitted all these mistakes in 6. sheets beginning at N and ending with S. being sent to another Presse for expedition and for others I desire thy good construction promising they shal be amended at the next Edition Marg Pag Li For Reade  113 39 sowing saving  114 20 strong through evill steeridge  116 7 one Mr. Hudson   22 account action  117 34 manured manned  118 18 the he  119 14 for from  121 18 to I hung a plummet  123 13 being beginning  124 33 tire tide Marg 125  began begin   5 me no   23 so to   29 ledge â—edge   39 trent wend.  126 12 free fore   24 verioe view   30 S. â— Â Â 3â— stache stache   36 leave out Westerly   13 drew drive   24 0 30.  127 11 10 â— Â 128 9 0 This 5th  129 40 man Boates.  130 3 men men were   9 mater Winter Marg  3 Mautâ—ls Sir Râ— Moâ—â—ils   17 have leave Marg 131 2 mans Mâ—â—s teeth   18 they hav They would   24 stay Sea   29 83 clocke 8. 3.   36 rulde ride   37 N. land N. and.   39 with N. N   40 by 44 by W. 4.  132 26 is all is as all   29 bad bold   1 turne try   4 he boatâ— or â—ore the Boat comming on board   4 15 fath in 15 fathâ—â— Â Â 3 former hopes former from Hopes  133 15 E. o.   20 Luke note   21 thaverse traverse  135 â— Raffe rate  136 â—â— is 86 and 66.   21 well say well see   6 himselfe himselfe know   17 how muc thus much   32 Iournals Read in the 37 were taken  137 7 about 57 58 and a halfe    Stinenia America    20 weeks 10 weekes   11 10. â—5 1615.  138 2 he seekt he set   â—8 nâ—hld and â—â—ld   25 to to fro to and fro  139 8 maer 5 fa neere 5 fathâ—â—â— Â Â 15 Sumoche Humocke   31 Cannons Câ—â—â—wes   36 Cannon Câ—â—â—w  140 4 little â—ay a little box   12 shot slâ—ad  141 4 morue mored   13 false faire  142 7 so pertise so precise    the â—uyle the angle    not come come   13 welbes will be   16 W. of W W. of London  144 7 the edge eddy  14â— 35 doubted doubled  146 28 perswad perceived  147 5 4 fath 5 fâ—thaâ—s  156 6 â—â— 150   21 he caud 8th he came   22 instruÌ„ent â—nstructions   24 your wil. you William   25 ler    26 your desi ur desired   29 gazing gaging   33 land â—end MY PREPARATIONS to the Voyage GEntlemen our Yorkeshire Proverbe is Plaine dealing is a Iewell So it is that I was neither importuned nor intreated to this vndertaking by any eyther Noble or Gentle but the Truth is that I had beene itching after it ever since 1606. when I should have gone Mate to Iohn Knight of whom doth follow yet I must confesse that heere my ambition soared a pitch higher then my abilitie as now time hath made me to know yet his Discretion and Experience taught him to discerne of what could bee in my youth but I presuming vpon some parts I had as the vse of the Globes and other Mathematicke Instruments having beene Sea bred from my Boyestime and had beene in the Mediterranian Spaine France Holland Norway Denmarke and the Balticke Sea thought my selfe to bee fit for the best imployment desired to be pluckt before I was ripe but hee durst not depend vpon me in that place for the Voyage so as I did not proceed with him yet I was still kept in Marine imployments along the Coast and Crossing the Sea whereby I gained Experience and also at the Returnes home of all Ships from thence I enquired of the Masters Mates and others that were that way imployed whereby I gathered by Report and Discourse and Manuscripts how farre they had proceeded what they had done and what was to doe To better which I often repaired to Mr. IOHN TAPPE whose acquaintance was much amongst these men he also acquainting me with Mr. THO. STERNE Globe-maker whom I have found to have engrossed all those former Voyages by Relation Manuscripts and Maps from whom I gathered much and must needs say hee is a
force still to the Westward Da 11 this last was the coldest night that I felt since I came into this melancholly path and wee had fewer Seafowle than before we had no ground at 320 fathome the wind came to the Northeast This longest day came in with wet and blew so as since Da 12 the last noone-tyde the ship made way 44 leagues to the Westward I am now in fore-course and bonnet with Sprit-sayle this evening I came by two pieces of Ice and now I reckoned my selfe not farre from sight of Cape Farewell The wind Veered to the Northward I set all sayles and Da 13 stood to the Westward in latitude 58 d. 30 m. this evening the Article for the watch to be diligent and to looke well foorth for Ice or other accidents was againe read over to the Company and a man constantly to sit all night in the foretop the Ayre was hazie to the landward otherwise wee should have seene Cape Farewell if I suppose not amisse Close weather the wind contrary we in traverse some Da 14 drisling mists but many Grampusses came in a shole following their Leader comming close by me made me remember Mr. William Browne in his Britaines Pastorals where hee writes the Tritons wafted Thetis along the British shores this afternoone the Polesaltitude being 58 d. 10 m. the variation by Azimuth and Almicanter was 18 deg From hence I haled up in N W. by N. for sight of Desolation This day was faire close weather with dispersing fogges Da 15 which I doe perceive to be incident to those Seas Poles elevation was 58 d. 50 min. the Sea is here almost continually smooth the water blacke but not so thicke as is formerly writ of and small store of fowle to be seene This day and last night hath been thicke weather but so as Da 16 we might discerne 3 miles betwixt one Fog-drift another I had steered some Watches W and by N. which for some reason of a reported Current I altered to the N W. by N. againe although after the variation thwart Cape Farewell was found and allowed in my running over betwixt the same and the West Maine or the West side of Fretum Hudson I found my reckoning to agree without any interruption furtherance or hinderance of Current therefore what instruction shall as yet be laid down in this way without good judgement in the practitioner and libertie withall is but as it were to teach a blind man to see by demonstration This last night came by us one Whale this day another the Moneths Iune Da 17 waters colour is all one and but few fowle this Meridian I did reckon to be in 60 d. 50 m. and that I had neere two points of variation the weather thicke with wet fogge Faire weather but foggy this noone tyde I did reckon to be Da 18 of the 60 parallel 590 leagues from the place in Orkney of my departure the account is but 600 from thence to Resolution I could not observe since the 15 day yet I am neere in 61 d. 30 m. This day we met with overfalls and Races of Tide or Current at clock 4 thick weather and reckoning to be not farre from land I tooke in all sayles and laid to Hull at 6 wee were no sooner rise from prayers but we were close by a mountain of Ice hard to Leewards of us and wee had much to doe to cleere the same by flatting the ship to the S. wards the most of this evening and night I spent in standing to and againe This day at noone I had a little cleare and stood in to the Da 19 S W. ward when it fogged againe I lay to Hull two times this day we see the Sunne but to no use it was so hazie This last night I laid in Maine saile untill midnight reckoning Da 20 by all accounts that I must be in neere 62 d. and thought it fit to hale in W. true course especially now it was cleare weather but it thickned againe and blew to both topsailes in the wind Veering to the W S W. which had been betwixt E. and S. with thickefoggy or hazie weather ever since the 14 day thereupon with cleere weather I stood to the N. W. close haled amongst Islands and peeces of Ice for the Sea beating continually upon them doth undermine them so as they fall in pieces forced by their own waight to the Lee of every Iland is of those little peeces but are easily to be shunned This day 11 clocke I had sight of land almost buried in snow being two Islands making a Bay betwixt them and the North maine whereon stood two high hills bearing Northwest covered with snow the Bay was full of mash'd Ice which it seemed the S E. wind had inforced herein by dead reckoning I was at that instant in 62 d. 17 m. where presently haveing a good observatioÌ„ at that instant I was in 62 d. 25. m. the difference being but 8 m. that to the W. ward it doth not shew that there is any current continually to set out of Fretum Davis to the S. as is generally reported for from the lat 58 d. 30 m. crossing Fretum Davis 220 leag or therabouts to the W side in 62 d. 27 m. and having but 8 min. difference betwixt dead reckoning and the observation and that to the Northward whether doth there any current appeare to come from the N. out of Fretum Davis or no. Having thus met with the land I stood to the Southward untill midnight with the waide at W. hopeing to ply up into the passage Seeing now that it hath pleased God to send me thus happily neere to the land being the N side of Lumleys inlet so named after the right honourable the Lord Lumley an especiall furtherer to Davis in his voyages as to many other Lordly designes as that never to be forgotten act of his in building up the peere of that distressed poore fisher towne and corporation of Hartlepâ—ole in the Bishoprick of Durham at his owne proper cost and charge to the value of at least 2000 pounds at my first comming thither I demanded at whose charge the said Peere towne was builded an old man answered marrye at my good Lord Lumleys whose Soule was in Heaven before his bones were cold Some may inquire why I should not have incerted herein my traverse course distance with all my observation for latit to which I answer first it were needlesse seeing that few doe looke or search after the Voyage and many before mee have wrote thereof besides it lying neare upon the same parallell there is no neede secondly if I had knowne any that would have taken so much paines to have protracted mee I would have prepared them satisfaction thirdly I feare me I should be thought to be too tedious although I am but newly entered yet I do purpose to bestow some time of those needy ones concerning this matter A Discourse for
the same Setting forth and beginning my accompts from the W. most place of Orkney I made 2 observations for the variation of the compasse evenin Amplit the one was 8 d. the other 4 d. but I do give no certain credit therunto yet I do rather trust to that of 8 d. at which instant I did account I was 24 deg or thereabout Eastward of the great Meridian and neere the parralell of 60 deg continuing the course W. ward as wind would serve untill I came into the Latit of 58 deg 12 min. I was then 12 deg or thereabouts from the place of my departure and traversing with contrary windes betwixt the latit of 59 deg 12 min. and 60 deg 20 min. at 18 d. ½ distance from my setting forth I continued the course still Westward with so small difference betwixt my observation and protraction or traverse as I thought I might as well trust to the one as the other Continuing this course in the latit of 60 deg 19 m. W. from the first Meridian 6 deg I found by my observation that I was to S. ward 5 m of my protracted course and though then I did perceive that the Compasse was varied Westward yet how much for want of Amplitude or celestiall observation could not be knowne Now the wind comming freely on and taking Mr. Hals account That Cape Farewell in Groyneland which land first I did desire to fall with though I did not much regard lyeth 18 d. W. from the great or first Meridian as also Mr. Brigges is neare the same and in latit about 59 deg I directed the course W. and W. and by S. thinking thereby to fall in fight of the said Cape And although there is no certainty of agreement amongst some of my predecessours concerning the variation there some writing 11 d. others 14 d. confusedly yet I did hope that course would have brought mee at least to sight thereof report making it to be high and Mountainous land not withstanding Variation or current especially having so franke a gale of wind and but 12 d. of a small circle neere the 60 paralell the distance being but 120 leag at most and in that distance holding the same course I had 2 deg 14 min. to wracke upon and within one point at most of my paralell and neerer with a stiâ—â—e gale wet and hazie I durst not hale for engaging my selfe with an unknowne Cape which hath both Ilands and Ice lying there off where I might have beene endangered at the least incumbred Now when I had sailed 100 leag from the said latit I met with Ice and as before in Moneths June such weather I would not deale with land but stood away 30 leag more to the Westward Hauing an observation in 58 d. 10 min. and by my protract Da 14 or dead reckoning I was in latit 59 d. 27 min. contrary to expectation the same afternoone the variation taken by Azimuth and Almicanter was 8 d. 50 m. but being set more to S. ward then this allowance I did call to minde the current which Sir Martin Frobrisher found upon the coast of Greenland in the lat about 62. setting from N E. to S W. as the land doth there lye where they doe affirme that the flood tyde did run 9 houres and the ebbe but 3. I know no other cause for this but the large distance betwixt Nova Zembla on the E. and Groenland in which the Ocean may take opportunity to use his naturall agitation from E to W. being thereunto drawne by the restlesse motion and impulsion of the Heavens and here butting upon Groenland must of necessity the land lying somewhat neere his naturall inclination trend along there setting his current to the S W. or else as in a huge Bay make a Repercussive motion as in the Bay of Mexico by entring in at the S. side and wheeling about by the bottome must revert back againe along the North side by Cape Florida Now this 9 houres of the floud-tyde running may be by this restraint of the Seas naturall course in meeting with the land must needs enforce all the Sounds Bayes Rivers and through-lets with quantities of waters and in through-lets especially setting Westward and wanting Limitation shall continue his naturall course the longer being assisted by that motion untill the ebbe being strengthened by the height of waters or of course from the W. Sea shall returne againe according to his proper retraction And thus much further I am of opinion if Sir Martin Frobrisher had pursued his course West ward in his Straite he being 60. leag up the same he had doubtlesse sailed into Fretum Davis for he entred upon the East side and after him Davis on the W. have almost met nor will I be perswaded but that if there were a Dorgio as is mentioned by the Zeni that that 〈…〉 of land on the S. betwixt Frobrishers strait and Cape Farewell is the 〈…〉 But to come to my selfe and to end this digression although I hope what I have here incerted will not be held any way Moneths June impertinent Cape Farewell I holde for certaine doth attract the Magnet more suddainly comming from the East ward towards it then any any knowne Cape in the world as did appeare in all this Voyadge I did here reckon of 24 deg variation but sailed all by Meridian compasse and have wrote this Iournall there after therefore the allowance is to be accounted as the places doe differ in variation This snowie morning I stoode in againe at clocke 7. I sell Da 21 about 2 leagues more to the West off the same I le I first discovered yesterday the Bay lay still full of Ice this W N. West wind bloweth hard by puffes standing from hence South-W 2 leagues over Lumleys Inlet wee had great store of masht Ice and was faine to beare up for one and loose for another but the Sea was smooth after this for 2 leagues sailing it was cleare at night 10. wee see land and made it upon assurance to be Cape Warwick and this cleere was in the Lee thereof for standing still the same course over wee found more Ice in the South channell and more comming out of Fretum Hudson then I had before the wind blew here bleate and unquoth This day we had boarded it up in smooth water bearing a Da 22 good saile betweene Cape Chidlie and Cape Warwicke and were entred Fretum Hudson and now I desire a little of your patience The Iland Resolution so named by whom I know not but sure I am Davis was the first of us that see it naming the East end thereof Cape Warwicke and it seemeth for good reason for that honourable house hath and unto this day doth still cherrish those worthy Marine enterprises as doth appeare by Frobrishers 3 Voyages to their no small charge as also those two Honourable houses of Darcie now Lord Rivers by whom Davis named certaine Ilands
this hot weather doth fast dissolve them This night clocke 2 came a small Iland of Ice brought up with the latter flood and by his draught being deeper in the Tydes way then the flact or masht Ice had a greater motion continued by the undertyde then that which had inclosed us of which we were fast unto one of the biggest content to wit 3 Acres this Iland did drive right with us and but that some few masht Ice interposed thereby diverting the course thereof some 2 or 3 ships length it had drove directly upon us and had crusht us mainely if not to peeces it being â— or 10 fathomes above water and if it had boarded us being undermined by the waters continuall working the outside thereof by that shake might have fallen into the ship and have sunke her this was the greatest danger we were in since I came into Fretum Hudson the fault being in the watch who did not call that we might have set the ship the one way or the other about the peece we were fast unto before we were so ingaged as I could doe neither about one houre after the said Iland tooke his recourse backe againe to the East with the ebbe faster then the other ice could doe This morning 8 the Sunne was up before we saw it Da 1 Moneths July the day was warme and close but calme so as I could not stirre for want of wind the straight doth cleere and this N. land that hath continued with us since we departed with Resolution it now bearing from E. and by S. to N. by E. if Baffinn writ truely that Resolution is an Iland separate from this then is this another though formerly taken for the N. Maine and longer as shall be showne at my returne homeward the tyde doth set as the land doth lie South-East and Northwest This night 7 it was an Ayre farre better then a younger brother the ice well thinn'd I caused the ship to be loosed and by that time the Master with the boat was come from killing of Fowle I stood to the N. about foure miles this fayre day being at an end I made fast set the watch and went to Cabbin This morning 2 an easie gale breathed from the E. by South which caused mee to send to the boatswaine to call up the Company where a chiefe one amongst us being too suddenly awaked speaking something peevishly I told the rest that the matter was not great for the children did so when they were awaked out of their sleep I began now to find the want of a Shallop which at home I did so earnestly desire for my Cocke boat would nor Rowe noâ— Sayle to any purpose so as I durst hardly send her from me for when it was any billow she was not to be rowed and with saile to windward shee would doe nothing although I had caused a large Lee board to be made to helpe her This Meridianall observation the wind came West and I was in 61 d. 57. m. and stood in close to this inremarkeable shore so all the land within this straight may be called for it is all shoring or descending from the highest mountaine to the Sea Whereon the Snow falling by degrees doth presse Da 2 and burthen it selfe making the masse more solid which at the Spring time when it loosneth from the earth it s own weight doth force downward into the Sea being all composed of Moneths July fresh water it may be conceived that the most Ice we meete in this passage in thus ingendred in the Vallies betwixt the Mountaines is some Snow undesolved We are now cleere of chattered Ice yet in sight are some Islands about which wee can compasse as we please here lyeth many small Ilands close by the Mayne and there doth appeare to be fayre sounds into the land upon the Sea this calme time that hath beene doth swimme a kind of corrupt slime one may thinke it may come by generation of great fishes for it feeles soft and unctious but put it into the fire it will not burne I doe thinke that all this time of our imprisonment this North shore hath beene free as I could espie it at Hiperions going downe which valed with a blacke Skreene of moyst Fogge wet through our Coates before we see it againe this fayre dayes Westwind blew cold and uncouth from out the passage wee are all upon kinde tearmes drinking one to another God hold it This morning the Sunne lickt up the Fogges dew as soone Da 3 as hee began to rise and made a shining day of it I cannot say hot it being counter-checkt by a coole Top-sayle Gale from West North-West which made our Noses runne the cleare day emboldened me to stand within two leagues of land to the deepe of 32 fathomes the ground white sand and gray with shels the water was falling the houre 11 before noone the Sunne and Moone in opposition a good Tyde set along the shoare to the Northwards the Sunne set cleare it was faire weathen and calme the ship drove along the shore this night to the Westward This morning at clocke one I called to lanche the Boate to send to shore to try the Tyde and against that time that I could send to land I had drawne those instructions following and giving them to Iohn Coatesworth whom I appointed alway to goe in the boate at whose returne I expected an account These are the Instructions First You shall take with you into the boate one halfe houre glasse one halfe minute glasse one logge and line cleane Paper one Pensill of blacke Leade and one Compasse with Moneths July some peeces of Iron Secondly One quarter Saw two Axes three Carbins Guns with Powder and Shot two or three Lances two Swords two Pikeaxes and every man his one day bread Thirdly At your departure from the ship turne the halfe houre and when it is neere out set your Logge to goe by the halfe minute that thereby you may estimate the distance betweene the ship and land as also what the boate can rowe an houre Fourthly When you shall approch neere the shore in the Tydes way I meane cleare of Bay-point or Rocke Anchor the Boat sound the deepe and marke the Tyde how it doth set and by your Logge what it doth passe in the halfe minute having rode there for halfe a Glasse weigh your Anchor and goe to land and duely observe what quantity of water it doth flow or fall perpendiculer in one Glasse whether the heightening or lessening be equall in every Glasse while yee stay or noe Fifthly Being thus on land with your Compasse set all Lands or Islands in sight draw the forme with your Paper and Pensill and estimate their distance Sixtly Remember I give you no libertie to goe within the land yet if for recreation goe no further then the full Sea marke and armed leaving two to keepe the Glasse and Boat looke for stones of Orient colour or of weight
in the best of it This night I had many gusts of Winde with showres of Raine Moneths August I plide up a mile with flood and thought to have gone beyond Da 10 a point about 2 miles higher where I might have ridde land lockt but the river being full of stones I grounded in the tides way there being deepe now 5 fathomes then 6 foote â—on 7 fathomes so that espying a Wally in the clay cliffe on the North side I sought and found a place of 5 fathomes to Anchor the Ship safely in and intended in the Vallie to set up my Pinnace This river is on both sides full of small woods the North side is a clay cliffe like of that to the Nase in Essex but not so high the ship being moored I went on land and found the Nallie very convenient to set up a Tent and to build the Pinnace in and here wee found some store of Hogsheads and Pipestanes which had beene yron bound one Maine top a top gallant Mast diverse blocks and the sides of stared chests with divers reliques of some English Vessell which I tooke to have perished or beene left not farre from hence and indeed I did assure my selfe it must be that of Sir Thomas Buttons but as yet I have not found a tree will make a Mayne yard This morning earely I cald to rommage for the percels Da 11 of the Pinnace to be had on land which being put into the boate on land wee goe the Carpenter at Sea had provided himselfe of things necessarie against this occasion haveing all materials in readinesse which to further with his mate I caused Peter Nesfeild quarter Master the Cooper the Gunner Expofer Russell and my selfe to assist him and this day wee set up the keele and made a false keele to it thinking thereby to make her hold a better wind brought on all the ground timbers and 3 strokes on each side while the Mr. and others went to looke for refreshing The wind being come about to the N N. I sent the Master word that it was fit to bring the ship to ground while it blew from land as he determined before our comming in and for that I would not have any thing to doe that might stay mee after the Pinnace was set up that such things as was needfull should be taken in hand and brought to passe with all expedition This morning I was glad to bring the ship to land my selfe upon a fine smooth sand against the Valley where wee strengthened Da 12 Moneths August on the Cutwater and tooke away the bolt which stucke out and made smooth the Shipside for any harme else our Anchors had done more to the sheathing then the yce in this river we had set on side a peece of our false keele which we helped And now I sent Samuell Blades and the Chirurgion to the E. to search the shoare and to looke for a Mayne yard who returning told me that for a Mayne yard there was not a tree to be had of that squarenesse but that by a little creeke about a mile off they had found on shoare certaine broken Anchors and cable rope with other small ropes also one broken Gun with many round and crossebarre shot of lead and yron one Grapnet and store of firewood pilde up with one Tent covered with old sailes and a Crosse which had beene set up but was puld or fallen downe with the inscription raced out This night was very hot with much lightning and some drops of raine here are comming in with the floode and goeing out with the ebbe innumerable company of white Whales a fish as big as Porke fishes with us and much alike in shape I went with the Cherurgion to the creeke and found the Da 13 same as they had told mee leaveing the Carpenters and others at worke and thinkeing to send for those things at the next leisure after the Shippe was Rummadgt this Tyde did flowe nine foote to floate the Shippe off ground This being the Lords day wee rested and served God Da 14 the afternoone our men walked abroad to recreate themselves and looke out for fresh releife this night did the Ship fleete off and wee moord her againe in 3 fathomes at lowe water This fayre hot day some wrought at the Shallop others Da 15 fetcht ballast other romisht others fild water and strooke downe the Gunnes it ioyed mee thus to see all hands at worke the Pinnace was almost finished but wee were hindered by one houre of as much rayne in the time as ever I was in with thunder from the South-East In this day the most of our labours were brought to end concerning the ships readinesse Moneths August Da 16 The wind blowing E S E. stiffe Gale so as I could not Da 17 come forth of this River to follow my discovery the Master and I went with the ships boate up the river where about the turne of a point 6 miles above the ship lay 2 Ilands in the middle the tide did not runne above 5 miles from the ship nor flow above eight miles the river strucke W N W. up so farre and above the Ilands as we could see it was Clay clift on both sides and of reasonable height but the fresh came down with great force or else you might wade it over it is also thicke as can stand of Firre and Spruce-trees but small ones for there is no ground for the wood to take roote upon for the thicknesse of Mosse so as they cannot roote in the earth but grow up and fall downe and rot Ilanded on both sides Peter Nesfield whoÌ„ I had set out of the boat with the Master other for lightning her that I might have sayled up the higher but could not the water was so shallow and came downe so fiercely told me hee had seene the footing of a man but he could not bring me to it again so I stood over to the S. side the boat still grounding as I went where wee landed me thought the vallies was good grasse store of wood and here we gathered black-berries as we found in other places with straw berries goose-berries and Vetches with severall sorts of small shrubs trees upon the shore we found the broad footing of Deere and hard by them the frame of a Tent standing which had lately been made with the studdle of the fire the haire of Deere and bones of fowle left heere I tooke leave of the S. side and named the farthest and head therof Ramsdens Hall after an Alderman of that Corporation but the Master and his man travelled by land to thwart of the ship we have seene no Salvage since I came although I caused fires to burne night and day but the woods are so thicke as cannot be seene 12 score yards so that none could come to us but by water This day the Pinnace was brought on boord God grant that with her helpe my hopes may be accomplished which heretofore
hath been dangerous From a boord wee see a Stag trotting from Port Nelson Da 18 along the sand we mand our boat presently but before they got to shore he tooke up over a Valley into the woods where they mist him I caused the Crosse which we found to be newly raised and this inscription of lead nailed thereon Moneths August I suppose this Crosse was first erected by Sir Thomas Button 1613. it was againe raised by Luke Foxe Capt. of the Charles in the right and possession of my dâ—ead Soveraigne Charles the first King of Great Brittaine France and Ireland defender of the Faith the 15 of August 1631. This land is called New Wales The wind being E S E. I could not yet come to Sea wherefore Da 19 I sent the Capenter upon the S side to fell the likeliest of 5 trees the Master had made choyse off to serve us for a Mayne yard and not one of them but was rotten within the wind doth begin to come about the Mrs. mate and I fetcht one boate lading of firewood this afternoone the Whales have now left to come in but my cheifest going on land was to see where the highest tyde this spring had left his marke and found it to have slowen 14 foote but the tydes at height of this spring were inforcd in with E S East and E N East windes or else they would not have slowed above 1. 2 foote This night 10. were many Pettiedancers I hope faire weather to come yet have wee had such as I pray our neighbours in England have no worse and then they cannot have better harvest weather to have in their crop and though this may be thought nothing pertinent to the History of a Sea Iournall yet having been disswaded from this voyadge in respect of the ice I may thus much write for the incouragement of others that may happen to navigate this way God giving good successe to this enterprise that a Sea voyage of discovery to a place unknowne and farre remote and in the like clime cannot be taken in hand with more health ease and pleasure I am sure it hath beene warme ever since we came from the yce The wind came about I sent the Pinnace on land to ballast Da 20 and to bring one broad stone to make a fire upon in her which I had formerly marked for that purpose at Port Nelson they found a board broken in two the one halfe quite gone whereon had beene the Kings Armes and inscription of the time of Sir Thomas Button his owne name when and why he tooke Harbour with other expressions This peice of board I brought away for I was undersaile when the Pinnace came on board so as I could not goe on Moneths August shore againe otherwise I would have endevoured to have renued the same as the act of my noble predecessors This ebbe I came to Seawards but for feare of shoale-water I Anchored in 4 fathome having little wind to chase the ship and a strong ebbe feare call'd what I had observed at my in comming into my remembrance so as I durst hazzard no farther whiles flood came and now I must adde one word or two to what is before concerning this dangerous river which I would be loath to seek in thick weather of either side the S. is best but is flat a great way off and Rockie ground the best of the deepe is â…” Channell to S. there is 12 fathomes in the entrance in one place wee chafed our Cables sore against the stones of which you might see 4 or 5 drie in the river at once the last quarter ebbe come swiftest in Spring-tydes it flowed 3 foot before the tyde set up the tyde returned to the Sea at a full Sea on shore The Sun and Moone did both set cleare this night In this River wee got no reliefe but one Duck heere a N. W. Moone maketh a full Sea I wayed againe about halfe flood and stood to Sea from 6. fathomes to 10. and Anchored in high water in 9 fathomes cleare ground making ready to ply or sayle the next flood for now I am to discover to the East betweene this and Master Hudson his West Bay of which I must onely making a journall their being nothing else of note In the morning I tooke the Cocke-boat into the ship with Da 21 the flood I stood to the S. E. and went into the Pinnace at the ship sterne to see her fitted to sayle wee came to 7 and 5 fathomes the land full of woods but lowe and stretched here E. and by N. from the Rivers mouth here is good smooth and even ground if any occasion were hereafter to use it the land is faire to be seene at 10 fathomes deepe upon the hatches the wind easie from S. S. W. and we stood 2 or 3 leagues in 7. fathoms we were at noon in 57 d. 10 m. all this night I could well discerne the land as I stood under sayle standing S. E. the land met us this hot Meridian but I was not in observation Da 22 after dinner with easie wind I tooke the Pinnace to sayle to shore but it fell to be calme and wee Romed all the way and therein found a white Beare which we kild coÌ„ming toshore it was â—lat and many great stones lay at the low water mark we were no sooner landed but we spied a blacke cloud at N. by W. when presently we see the ship had handed both top-sayles Moneths August so as I was constrained to leave this uninhabited shore and stand to the ship without erecting any thing thereon which we recovered but our coats were wet through first and yet the ship was come to us within 5 fathomes upon the Maine we stood along with land in sight where there appeared to be a Cape the land trenting more S. from our bowe we stood off and on all night from 7 to 20 fathomes I packt away along the land as neere as can be thought to Da 23 lie S. E. by E. the morning was faire yet the Sunne was vaied this calme afternoone we see 3 Beares in the Sea 5 miles from land the Mr kild them in the Pinnace this day we tryed the tyde 4 times and it set alwayes from the E. wards we are now so far from his primum mobile as I thinke it not worthy the looking after yet account must be taken this night the Sunne set cleare as could be and it was easie wind I have seene all the land hither from Port Nelson as I did before I came there but I cannot see any high land nor find any deepe water I would gladly see that comfort and then I would say that the M. were in the increase howsoever I thanke God it doth make the nights grow the lighter the ship is Anchored the watch is set a marke set on the lead-line sleep like a theefe doth slily steale upon me at 12 this night the tide did slacke I
haue no great honour thereby although I haue giuen it a name and therefore doe leaue it to those that are disposed to intitle themselues therein Last night I made loose and stood along in small sailes vntill Da 30 this day 10 moosling my ship with the fore-saile I then stood fot Captaine Iames who was a great way on sterne at his comming vp hee sent his shallop on board of mee who at much perswasion of my Master although much against my will I tooke them in they rowing mee on board to bee better confirmed I did begin to reiterate the last Euenings discourse they had aboard of mee to the end I might vnderstand the difference of seuerall reports for euery man will report the best of his owne Actions but the conclusion was that they came ouer and fell in land with this bay in 59 deg I was well entertained and feasted by Captaine Iames with varietie of such cheere as his Sea prouisions could aford with some Partridges wee dined betwixt decks for the great cabin was not bigg enough to receiue our selues and followers during which time the ship butt in 2 Courses and maine bonnet threw in so much water as wee could not haue wanted sause if wee had had roast Mutton Whereat I began to ponder whether it were better for his company to bee impounded amongst Ice where they might be kept from putrifaction by the piercing ayre or in open Sea to be kept sweete by being thus daily pickled howeuer they were to be pittied the ship taking her liquor as kindly as our selues for her nose was no sooner out of the pitcher but her nebe like the Ducks was in 't againe The Gentleman could discourse of Arte as obseruations calculations and the like and shewed me many Instruments so that I did perceiue him to bee a practitioner in the Mathematicks but when I found that hee Moneths August was no Sea-man I did blame those very much who had councelled him to make choyce of that shippe for a voyage of such importance for to indure two winters in as hee must haue done if hee had any such intent before hee could come about by Bonu Sperance home our discourse had beene to small purpose if wee had not pried into the errours of our predecessors and being demanded I did not thinke much for his keeping out his flagg for my ambition was more Aetheriall and my thoughts not so ayerie so to set my sight towards the skie but when I either call'd to God or made Celestiall obseruation to this was replide that hee was going to the Emperour of Iapon with letters from his Maiestie and that if it were a ship of his Maiesties of 40 Peeces of Ordnance hee could not strike his flag keepe it vp then quoth I but you are out of the way to Iapon for this is not it hee would haue perswaded mee to take harbour to winter in telling mee that Sir Thomas Button tooke harbour the 14 of this instant Quoth I hee is no precedent for mee I must paralell my pouerty with poore Hudsons who tooke no harbour before the first of Nouember and that then I durst not take harbour vntill the midst of the same besides I was not come to do so much as another man but more then any as I had already done and i I did forbeare him in this or any other thing it was because I was on board of him and had made some former obseruation of which I acquainted my Master with that thereby wee might the better brooke what might bee offered as boasting of our selues or the like for it was enough for vs that wee had so great odds in the discouery hee said I was to winter I told him hee had the coppy of my Commission as also of all my letters that I was limmited but so as hauing sought all this bay from 64.2 quar to 60 leag E S E. from Port Nelson both my selfe men hauing visibly beheld all the land along and that I must see the N W. from Nottingham as both hee and I were instructed and I would performe after I had ioyned Hudsons W. bay with this land now thwart of mee to which words my Master before him preferred mee his hand to bee willing to the same which I gladly excepted although within three dayes after he â—aponed wee parted not vntill the next mornings dawning and this 17 houres was the worst spent of any time of my discouery My men told me his men gaue them some Tobacco a Moneths August thing good for nothing Whilest wee were on board of Captaine Iames wee stood Da 30 off into the Sea the Mary in two courses and one bonnet and the Charles but in maine course and Bonnet yet went faster then the Mary I came on board with the Mary early this morning wee Da 31 made fast our pinnes and set saile I called to take my leaue as I came by him for I could ouer-hale him as the winding of a Clew but his men told me that he was in his Cabbin I gaue him 10 Musquets one Falconet and presently I haled in to the land for wee were 8 leagues off by account and in 36 fathoms deepe it was morning 6. when wee parted at 10. I had the land faire by I stood S W. in for that I knew I could see so farr to the W. ward as I was when wee both stood off I bore as much saile vntill I had the land bould as the Ship and masts was able to stand vnder and all the time I had the Maria in sight I did obserue that shee went away S. or S. S. E. I made way 10. leagues that day and ankored at Clocke 8. in 8. fathoms Thwart of a Riuer low land and wooded it was faire weather and easie wind all night This day morning I stood E. South-ward as the land did Da 1 beare it being somtimes higher somtimes lower one knoale bearing S. W. was higher then all the rest here seemeth to bee riuers and bayes our deepe this day hath beene betweene 7. and 11. fathomes I ankored at night 8. in 7. fathomes hauing come from shoare two houres in shoale-water stonie ground the wind continuing N W. doth driue a great Sea before it into this bay the Meridian latitude was 55 deg 14. min. I did account 95. leagues from Port Nelson and if this strong ground doe not deceiue mee it flowed 12. foote the flood ranne but 4. houres here a good way to the E. seemeth to bee the opening of some great riuer or the land doth wind S. wards here is in sight two ledges of great stones that lie almost as farre off as wee ride about 6. miles of the mayne bearing S. E. this night was faire weather and cleere Moone-light This morning earlie was the ankor vpon the bow and I Da 2 stood into 3. fathomes of the shoare still trenting to the E. heere was thicke Riuer-water and small drift wood
Peregrine for so I call the last Head-land having the Knowle thereon I had from 70. to 100. 120. 80. and to 30. fathomes this equally arbitrated day and 〈…〉 with wet hazle I stood in two Top-sayles over my Courses N. E. by E. 24. leagues This day morning I met with Land I tooke to be S. W Da 14 side of Sea-horse Point and this 120. fathomes was open upon the Bay betwixt point Peregrine and this Land where for anything yet knowne there may be a through-let this land is of an indifferent height descending by degrees to the Set this night was thicke wet fogge here was yee put into this Bay as might be suspected by the S. E. Winds which had blowne so long before untill now I stood neare to see if any thing of note were upon the Land but comming neare Yee we Tacked to Sea againe This morning was sleight fogge and raine but after prayers the Sunne shone and thawed our men and made them more limber I was in 63. deg 41. the Horizon was thicke but I think I was not farre amisse at ½ past 12. it fell calme the weather beganne to thicke I Anchored in 55. fathomes the Tyde came from the W. Moneths September For so lay the Land and I have boulted it upon a Bowlin with more or lesse Wind ever since the 6. day I rid at Anchor this night and at past 1â— the ebbe Tyde did not leave his course but onely stacke from 7. to that houre the Wind at N. blew of the Land and the Ship came not to Wind-road I had duly marked the Lead-line and tryed divers times how the Tyde did flow and at sâ—aâ—ke water I found it to have slowed 20. foot and this was 24. houres before the conjunction and as I doe remember Mr. Baffia saith that on the other side of this Poynt it doth flow a S. and by E. Moone this night I did sit up on purpose to be satisfied herein Henceforth I doe write true course variation and wreke allowed the Compasse hath neare 26. deg heare this night clocke one I was under Sayle and Runne 4. Leagues E. N. E. when I met with yee but small as chaffe and at the dawning of day I did by this yee assure my selfe that I was the length of Sea-horse Point to the E. For that this North wind had blowne the mash't yee from above the North side of the Poynt and so it proved this yee was both small and small of it and thinne we Runne through it without stay or abatement of Sayle I stood away from hence close hal'd E. N. E. 25. leagues 2. Da 15 miles then being towards night I had sight of Mills Isle so named by Bilot because of the Ice grinding against him like the grinding of a Mill and also of Salisburie bearing S. E. and Mill I le from N. E. to N. N. E. this day and night were hazie the lands had much snow on them our Sailes with wet fogge and frost were stiffe as Vellome standing this Milners Isle along in the night came off either small mash't Ice or else the shadow of the Moone deceived me to trie whether I durst not but cast about to the West againe along the Isle thinking here in this milde Channell to try the Tyde that all obstacles being removed the difference betweene Baffine and Sir Thomas Button might now be reconciled before I put to the N. W. from Nottingham in practice as I was instructed all night I stood to and againe and found a good flood Tyde set to N. W. the Mr. was up this night but was not able to continue This morning I plyde it up to the West end of the Island Da 16 and when the Tyde was done I put into a through-let I named Hurins Through-let for that hee upon the fore-yard conducted in the Ship in the entrance of this Harbour lyeth a Rocke in the middle which is covered at ½ Tyde we borrowed Moneths September close upon the W. side in 10 fathomes and Anchored in 13 the sound about 3 flight shot over the Tyde did flow about 4 fathomes the flood doth set through it to the N. it lyeth NE. in a S. S. E. Moone maketh full Sea This Iland lieth along E. ½ S. Nottinghams Ile lieth from Da 16 this S. ½ E. Salisbury S. S. ½ E. the North Mayne N. ½ W. all in sight at once and yet it was none of the cleerest dayes there is 6. goings out and in to this sound 5. to the N. and but one to the South I went on land this morning to hasten our men to fill water Da 17 in a Coue where there is good landing for Sea Mors of which wee see here good plentie and going on land one amongst the rest with her young being in our way strucke her yong diuers times to make it diue downe which when shee see it would not shee encountered our boate and with her teeth strucke at her Iohn Coatesworth strucke her through the necke with a Lance that all the water about the boate was bloodie the young and damme went downe and once againe mounted but after wee see them not I haue heard the Mors killers say that their skinnes are so tough as no Lance will enter it doth yeeld so and therefore to kill them they must bee before them to pricke them vpon the nose that shee by casting vp her head may stretch her skinne tought at her breast wherein the launce will enter with more facilitie but this proued otherwise After wee had watered and come aboard the flood bending with easie winde N. N. W. wee could not ouer-haile to get forth the same way wee came in but turned it to the N. westward with tide and came out at the W. most sound where in the N. Channell I found it to come more then 3. houres Tide after full Sea on shoare and that very sharpely the next nights flood I plied vp to the N. mayne This morning flood I plied vp by the N. mayne and stopt Da 18 the ebbe in 60. fathomes neere shoare the winde N. N. W. with sometimes showers of small snow and hard frost so as all our tackling and shippe bowes where the water came were all â—ce-sickles but it was easie winde and smoth Sea here I was 5. miles to N. of a faire head land so made by the land trenting E. and N. from the same I named it King Charles his Promontorie with another Cape to the N. the land being there N. and Moneths September S. 4. deg W. which I named Cape Maria in a most bounden and dutifull remembrance of my King and Queene because if this proue a passage these are the most remarkeable and of greatest note and most eminencie drinking their health with the young Princes I had no obseruation since the 14 but doe account the Kings Promontorie to lie in 64. deg 46. min. the Queenes about 8. leagues distant N. from thence there lieth to
the N. W. of the Kings Cape 3. Islands passeable round about standing like an Equilaterall triangle which I named Trinitie Isles in the remembrance of the house of Deepeford Strand A 4th Da 18 and out-most I named Isle Cooke thinking of my good friend and countenancer Mr. Walter Cooke an assistant in that Corporation This little recreation wee had at this Celebration hath much comforted our men that were aboue and something cheered those that were downe as the Master the Boate-swaine his mate the Gunner Carpenter Exposer Russell yet they seeme to bee the worse since this certaine triall of the tide to come from S. E. with his constant flowing and ebbing doth make them conceiue that this hard labour is in vaine Yet they say nothing to mee but that the N. W. tide was mistaken for the Masters of the Trinity House were very carefull that I should bee well man'd so that I had not aboue 5. but were capable of an accompt and therefore the easier to bee gouerned and more helpefull to the designe thus wee ended the euening in feasting and reposed vntill clocke 12. in the night and then wee weighed ankor againe Mr. Hurine and my selfe hoping by this faire meanes to jndure our sufferings thereby to see the hopes of the supposed passage this way This ebbe wee held it vp vnder-â—aile and ankored not This day wee plide about the Queenes Cape the S. side Da 19 thereof is all Rocks small Islands shelues and ouer-falls from 45. fathoms into 20. the land to the N. of the Queenes Cape doth lie N. E. this Cape doth lie in aboue 65. deg 13. min. of latitude it hath beene showers of snow all day I ankored at Clocke 5. in 30. sathomes blew oaze the ebbe was come on and therfore wee came to a sharpe bitter before our ship staid this Tide run from the N. E. as the land wended 3. â— â— miles an houre The night Tide I plide vp N. E. 6. leagues and stopt in 23. fathomes clammy oaze 4. leagues from land at first comming Moneths September of the flood tide it came W. and in 3. glasses it set round about by the S. to the N. still running without any stop heere doth appeare to bee Islands and through lets that doth after the Tides course when hee beginneth not to take his Currant vntill the ½ flood bee past and then hee retaineth his constant course It is now and then snowing I rid now in latitude about 65. 50. min. the day came on and Da 20 I see the land lie along N. E. by E. with 2. Islands neere the one a league off the other bearing S. E. and S. E. by E. coâ—se weather some snowie the low water slacke was this day at Clocke 11. I made way from 11. that I weighed anchor to 5. 12. leagues N. E. by N. when I raised a point or head-head-land of good height decfending to the Sea or W. wards the Throughlet or Bay on the Starbord as I did coast the E. side I could not see the bottome not of 7. or 8. leagues deepe I had 43. fathomes oazie ground from this Cape the land doth trent to the S. ward of E. the further I came to the N. wards I haue still darker nights the Moone is waineing and it's could weather Comming neere vnto this Cape I see many ouer-falls and races in the Tides face being deeper with more breacke then heretofore so as I caused an ankor to bee made ready hauing then 20. fathomes but before I came to the first ouer-fall I had but 7. 8. 10. differing as fast as the lead went down I anchored in 8. the Cape bore S. S. W. 2. leagues off at the full Sea slacke I could see betwixt vs and the Cape all broken grounds and the ebbe came on so swiftlie as it was bent before wee could get vp our anchor thinking to fall from those ouer-falls and wee were iust at the S. end of those broken grounds the land stretcht away S. E. from hence it runs about ½ Tides for the broken grounds were drie within vs before the Tides returne To conclude I doe account this Cape to lie some mi. within the Artick Cirkle it stretcheth E. wards as before which in hazie weather as in the night is easie to discerne in those parts for the land lying hid in snow doth cause a white reflexe in the Ayre all night as though it were dawning or twi-light before and after sun-set this Cape I named my Lord Westons Portland Hauing weighed ankor I stood off N. by E. and N. N. E. 10. leagues thinking to stand with the W. side that thereby Moneths September if I had found the land to stretch to the E. and S. ward as this did the flood going accordingly would haue giuen good satisfaction to his Majestie but I was not able the reasons you shall find after the sequill of this journall amongst the reasons for my home comming this yeere and ankored some-while before the ebbe had done running in 28 fathomes I commanded the watch to trie the streame of the Flood-tide by the log when it was bent â—n the fourth glasse of the watch my selfe comming foorth of my cabbin and looking ouer-board see the Tide did not goe aboue 2. knots the watch answered that it did not runne so fast as at first commâ—ng on then it went 3. ½ but was now abated I was no sooner laid downe in my cabbin but that I heard the Cabâ—e run forth and wee had all much adoe to bring the shippe to a bitter before it was out end for end Now you shall vnderstand that the ankor had Cadged a great while when comming to take a sudaine hold broke the two Lashers of our stoppers and hal'd the Cable about the bitts the tide taking the ship away E. 4. knots ½ shee hauing driuen an honre or more before In the morning the land beare S. by W. from vs so that wee though wee had run through it the last nights ebbe when it prooued the former as Lord Westous Portland for in that bearing i seemed like an Isleland the deepenesse of the Bay to the S. E. tooke away the sight of any other land for making account that the ebbe set W. standing as before 10 leagues from the Cape it should haue beene so but finding it otherwayes as wee stood with ebbe S. W. wee were drawne into the Bay on the S. side of the Cape where we espied the land to stretch as it did the day before with the same for me which I drew then I knew that for certaine it was the same Portland wee stood Da 12 along S. S. W. this ebbe and got not so much with both ebbs and wind by 2. leagues as wee lost the flood betwixt them But â—ot the Sea-mans better vnderstanding of this I conceiue it may bee made appeare by a familliar example nearer our owne doores and especially by both example and demonstration here
to begin at the mouth of the River Thames towards which two Tydes resort And at the mouth thereof it floweth a S. and N. Moone at the S. Foreland S S. E. in the Channell of the I le of Wight S. E. or S. E. by S. at Plimmouth E. at the Gulfe where the Ocean doth first enter our Channell E. N. E this reckoning goeth against the Sunne and Moone yet this is the way to finde the Sea from whence the tide doth come Likewise along stthe North coast there commeth another tide to the saide River bringing the like flowing and almost answerable at the same distance for from off Harwich it floweth S. S. E. at Yarmouth S. E. at Laresnesse E. by N. at Whitby N. E. at Barwick N. N. E. at Backhaâ—â—nesse N. by E. in Orkney N. Now we know that both those Tydes the one from the North the other from the West came both out of the Westerne Ocean and that from the North by the lands trenting his channell his Current from the West Eastwards to S. E. as at I â—mmouth to S. S. E. as at St. Lawrence W. to S. E. as at Hambrough to S. as at Hull to S. W. as at Harwich and to W. into the said River of Thames So as here it is made manifest that both Tydes comming out of the Western Ocean E doth in the end goe or set just against themselves as they set at their first comming from the Ocean And therefore why wee you not thinke that the land to the West in this passage shall bend towards the South into Mare del Zur as it doth here trented within this Bay S. W. by S. from latitude 64. 1 â— to 59. but to draw these points to a head it is said these Tides met at the Keâ—tish â—nocke and turne their streames into Thames it not being able to retaine them both the other parts are turned along the coast of Flanders Holland Frisland and Zutland where those sides doe end by reason of the Baltickes Seas bottome it being farre unto beside the strait Channels betweene it and the sound It is made now heare to appeare that he that will seeke the Ocean as the Atlanticke to the West or the Hiperâ—orian to the North for the moâ—th of the River of Thames must follow the Tyde one thing is to be observed that it â—loweth more water upon this coast of England then it doth upon the other coasts mentioned the reason may be because England standeth nearer the West Sea Listen now againe how places farre remote from these our neighbour Channels doth correspond with them as in Grâ—enland it â—lowed E. and W. Moone and following the tide 1â—0 leagues to Resolution it flowed E. S. E. as before and so the â—idâ—â—etting in with the Sunne untill it flowed S. by W. at Swaâ—â—es Nest and there is lost in Hudsons Bay so that it holds the same quality in the processe of time with the former from the West and it is apparent that to seeke the Ocean from the bottome of Rivers deepe Bâ—yes or within lands as the Mâ—diterraniâ—n or the Bâ—lâ—icke we must find the flood tide and follow it downâ— the hill of time I meane proceeding against it we shall shorten the flood as this day we shall be where it floweth a S. Moone which we account to bee 12 of the clocke to morâ—ow we shall be where the same Tyde flowed but 9. So that I being but allowed what experience doth make due unto me both neare home and else where I make no doubt but to prove this passage It followeth now to parâ—allâ—ll this supposed passage with those formerly declared and certainely knowne beginning at Port Nelson where I had the exâ—ctest account of his flowing point and climing the flood for so he must conceive that sayleth against Tide found that it flowed there a South East Moone at the Checks where I was on land it flowed E. S. E. at Bâ—gges his Mathematickes East at Brooke Cobham E. be N. at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome E. N. E. Now it is prooved that the course time and change of this Tyde doth correspond with all other Ocean Tydes it running also halfe Tyde which is the floods running still the way of sâ—ood untill it be halfe â—bbe on shore the â—bbe running likewiâ—e his course in continuance untill the water bee halfe flowed upon the shore so as it cannot be said to want any joynt or member of an Oceans flood but may rightly bee tearmed a limme thereof It may be objected that although by all likely hood that is a passage yet it may prove to be a great distance to saile through and how shall a man doe to know when he is thorow that thereby he may direct his course Southward I answere it can be no great distance for that the water doth heighten in Spring-Tydes almost as much water at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome in the Spring Tydes as at C. Warwicke which standeth in the edge of the Hyperborion Ocean and therefore how can this Tyde come farre from his sea and bring constantly as much water as it floweth in any place that standeth neere the Oceans lips How can then the Mare del Zur be farre from hence for the distance betweene Cape Warwicke and Swans Nest is not above 200 leagues where this Tydes quite consumed so at the like distance from Sir Thomas Roes Welcome This new Tyde along that Bay holds the same untill in the bottome thereof it be consumed for I have heard from some that if North winds doth not inforce the Tydes that they doe not flow above two foot in Hudsonâ— E. and W. Bay Me thinketh there is three materiall proofes that maketh better for our purpose for to answere and free this doubt though all the rest of Sir Humphrey Gilbert and Master Wills makes for the passage The first is that the Cosmographers of China doe extend their coasts to the N. E. even to the 50 d. of latitude and may doe further for any thing they know The second is Paulâ—â—Venetus that lived there and sayled from Cattaâ— 1500 leagues North-East and might have gone further for any land he see The 3. is Barnard la Tore the 4 may be the ships found by Francis Wasques at Sierra Nevado not being of America but were a moneth in comming thither from Asia all making that this passage cannot be long for that they of Asia extend the breadth of their country so farre to East Beside Francisco Gaule the Spanish Pylot reports of a high set of a Sea from the Northward in his passage from Japâ—n to Callyfornia which he sayth continued howsoever the windes blew this doth shew the Sea to be open to the N. for the like may be observed upon our N. coast about Whitby where the highest set of the Sea commeth from the N N W. although that poynt bloweth oblicke to the coast yet there is more Sea therwith then the N. E. wind bringeth that blowes
opposite the reason is that the land to the N N W. is the furthest remote all open towards the Pole where these windes Eastwards off N. doe blow but from Greeneland and the N. Cape at furthest whose greatest distance being not above 370 leagues must want space to raise his swelling motion but contrary at the entrance into our Channell from W. you shall have a coÌ„tinuall set into Sleeve which showes the distances of land to be far to the W. and S. wards and the like must be granted to this set of Francis Gauls and also by that current that set la Tore to Tidore it must come out of a wide Sea from the N E. And for knowing when thou art through be assured thou shalt have as great a Sea from the del Zur as from the W. into our Sleeve and the strength of tide along the coast will leave thee then thou shalt not feare to direct thy course to Tartaria Cataia or Jaâ—on It may also be said that the Articke Circle is farre N. and that it will be frost Icy and cold and that there is but two moneths in the yeare to make this triall for in the rest it will not be nauigable I answere that the Articke circle is not so farre N. as the Cape of Finmarke neere in 73 d. where there is few or no Ice at any time and thereby it is Navigable at all times but that there is no trading in winter besides the Sunne having great declination South it is all night But what is this to the Sea that is cleare of Ice the like may this be for any yet knowne for after I went from Swannes Nest I see no yce to the N. nor doe I thinke there was any to the West for the winde blowing from the ayre was as warme as in England in the latter end of August and the land had no snow thereon although it be very high land and surely is inhabited for else how could there have beene so many corps inwalled at Sir Thomas Roes Welcome yet passing from hence S. ward into the bay it was colder and yet warme enough And for those Ice which are ingendred in this shallow sandy Bay is but as in other places in Europe nere the same Latit for those that have gone timely into the Balticke Sea hath found yce comming out of the Sound and it is no marvaile to see the same froze over which in those parts is as usuall as to have a noose to have the shipping froze all the whole winter therein and for waggons to goe in winter where Ships â—aile in Sommer for many miles for it is well knowne that those Sandy Easterne low countreys as Sprutia Denmarke Frisland and the Neather lands are in winter subiected to violent frost then why should not wee allow this low sandy countrey and Bay the like being about the same parallell and a Bay as the Balticke is also from thence which Latit where it freezeth so hard is from 52 to 57d but elevate the Pole to 73 d. there at that time of winter in the same continent there is no yce but that you may saile Sea free into the coast of Russia why shuld then this our Westerne passage be denyed of as good an opinion but that it may be Sea free as well as theirs to saile into the Mare del Zur to Cathaia being doubtlesse to the Southward of that parallell these a places of Europe and America thus answering one another both in quality and clime Goe to Iseland as the Fishers doe now in March the North part lying in the Articke circle and yet those Fishermen are not so troubled with Ice but that they can saile about it and for the yce they finde there they conceive to be ingendred in the Bayes Rivers and Inlets of Groneland and not about the Iland nor in the Sea It now appeares as I said before that this country doth but comply with those countries Eastward and the like may be expected by them that is found by the other nor can this channell be narrow that in 6 poynts of the compasse being but 4 howres ½ of time to wit from Sir Thomas Roes Iland to Port Nelson doth send a flood and ebbe it backe againe along the coast for 150 leag knowne in so short time and this to accord with the Moone To remonstrate this by example Admit I were sent out of Russia to discover a land that I have heard lyeth farre S W. which supose to be Atlantis or America now it must be thought that I know of noland to the W. of Europes continent and therefore when I am come about the C. of Finmarke I direct my course to the S. and W. wards as soone as the land will give me leave For I doe know that it doth trent so and that the coast of Norway is bonded with an Ocean now bending towards to the W. of S. not knowing of great Brittaine I direct my I course gainest as I conceive imagining that at shall meet with no land to the W. of Europe but thinking thus to proceede I finde the land to meet mee to the W. as I thought to have sailed to wit the coast of great Brittaine and there I finde a tide going along the land to the S. ward I follow this coast hopeing it may cast about to the W. and as I proceede so doth this tide keeping the height of his water still so by this ebbing and flowing course and Latit I doe assure it to my selfe that it cannot be any part of the maine continent of Europe nor adioyning thereunto and thus persuing to the S. in long distance I finde that this tyde doth still continue his height of water so by that I speede on with more comfort at length I come betwixt a maine lands and doubting some alteration or imbayment I keep still the W. side for thereby I must obtaine my intent if at all but now when I come to make triall of my tyde I find it hath left mee which to fore convayed me many leag along this unknowne coast and now my tide of flood commeth from the W ward and against me as I should â—ayle shall I not then assure my selfe that in pursuing against this tyde that it will bring me into a new Ocean by which I shall obtaine my desire which is the Atlanticke Sea yea and I shall find it so for as that tide which came along with me from the N. out of the Sea which I have failed from will direct me back againe into the same Sea so shall this new tide from the W. in following his ebbe bring me into his Ocean or the Atlantick which I desire Even so may this tide of mine in persuing his ebbe from the place where I found it first bring me into the Mare aâ—l Zur Againe a Comparison fained to be sailed into a Sea through our owne Kingdome from the East Sea to the West ADmit I come from Hambrough or
the Easterne Sea to expediate a Voyage through a great Ocean in a Country I have heard to lye far to the W. directing my course W. ward I met with land sooner then I did expect in coasting this land W. wards I find an entrance which I follow for by my account I am but newly come to Sea and must be farre short of my intent but following this entrance I finde there is ebbing and flowing which I pursue and finde it to be a River which conceive to be the river of Thames I goe therein with the tide without debarre or hinderance yet finding the further up that I do proceede the tide heightneth lesse water and runeth lesse time so as knowing I goe from the East W. ward as I desire yet I doe not know what will become of this hazzard but not knowing how to mend my selfe I must now play the game this way at length I come to the head of this river which conceive to be at Kingston there I finde this tide which I followed out of the Easterne Sea to fall into a spacious and large Mare or Ponte which Mare I enter Now it must be conceived that all the Country betweene Kingston and Severn neere Bristow as part of Surry part of Hampshire Wiltshire Glostershire Oxford Buckingham and part of Middlesex To be ingulfed and turned into an inland Sea round about being entred in this Ponte I begin to circuit about by the S S W. and comes to W. side where I finde an Inlet to wit the river at Barkly comming from the W. Sea out of Severne ebbing and flowing into the Mare as that did on the E. side by which I entred now I intend to venter into this ebbing and flowing of waters from the W. and thus persisting against the tyde by observation as yesterday it flowed a W. Moone this day it flowed a W. by N. Moone keeping this constant fluxe and refluxe from the W. Eastward so as sayling I shorten the tyde and is come in short distance to the place where it flowed S. W. the same tide I tooke at my entring this river or inset to flow W. I may now assure my selfe that those tyde streames are supported by waters from an Ocean which by pursuite I find to be the Atlanticke It is to be observed in discoveries as is found in other places by experience that in sayling against the flood-tide wee shorten the time of flowing and in sayling therewith wee lengthen the same This comparison standeth thus HAmbrough is England from whence we saile to Fretum Hudson which here is conceived to be the Thames whose head as Kingston is Cary Swans Nest the Country Pont or Mar so ingulfed is Hudsons or Buttons Bay the W. Tide comming out of the Ocean at Severne is that new Tide I found at Sir Thomas Roes Ile which pursued will bring me into the Mare del Zur Let it not now be said that there is no passage by the N W into India for that the best Cosmographers those learned in the Mathematickes and all Arts have in former time consented that America is an Iland and separated from any other continent by which great Princes have been perswaded to adventure and countenance with great Summes nor were their hopes mistaken although as yet God hath not appoynted the time as also the Nobility Gentry Merchants when in the Voyage of Sir Thomas Button were about 160 adventurers My comfort is that the quantity of Whales and Sea Mors that place affordeth although it may be thought that I did not see the 100 part will when Whale oyle comes into request drive the Merchant to send the Marriner to visite the I le of Brooke Cobham for the Whale with their shallops range N wards to search for Vnicorne horne Mors teeth and Whalefinne to come where Sir Tho Roe will bid them Welcome and by these inticements they will be perswaded to inquire after this tide and at length bring home the good newes which I expect of this so long sought for For my part I have now washt the Black-moore these five yeares having yet received neither Sallery wages or reward except what som few Gentlemen hath I know not whether in curtesie or charity bestowed upon me having to fore had my meanes taken from me in the time of warres betwixt France Spaine and us so as I am utterly unable to prosecute the same though I wish well thereto knowing it is now to be done at very small charge And this is more for their great comfort that it hath pleased almighty God of his great mercy alwayes so to preserve those imployed this way to search in this discovery that no ship ever perished but howsoever they suffered the account was brought home and wee made acquainted with their actions all which wee must acknowledge to be the providence of Almighty God who hath thus preserved those seeds we have â—owne and will doe still untill the time come which he hath appoynted to send some happy man to plucke the fruit Heere lyeâ—h the way to â—â—lcos and be that findes the same bâ—â—â—g home the Goâ—aeâ— Fâ—ecce The fifth of the knowne and supposed passages to that rich Iâ—â—ies is by the Pole it selfe yet never attempted the gainest and most hopefull of those three yet unknowne and the shortest of them all as from our N. parts of Scotlands Iles from the latit of 60 d. to the Pole it selfe is but 600 leag of which it hath beene sayled to the 82 ½ d. by Captaine Thomas Marmaduke of Hull his furthest visible marke to the N. From thence was certaine Ilands he named Sheffields Orâ—ades in duty to his most noble favourer in his Northerne designes was Edmond Lord Sheffield now Earle of Mulgrave and at that time Lord President of the North by whose great assistance charge and countenance with the Merchants of the same Corporation he was still set forth By which meanes in his discoveries N. ward towards the Pole it was his good fortune to enter into a harbour in Greenland where he found one Jonas Poole and Nicholas Woodcocke with others in a ship of London distressed for that a fall of an Ice had sunke their Ship Which subjects with their oyles Whale finnes and Morsteeth who must have miserably perished there if he had not brought them home to this noble Lords perpetuall honour and the future incouragement of that trade now the most rich and safest that wee have And this is the best by prescription or any other claime the City of Yorke and the Corporation of Kingston vpon Hull can pleade for the continuance of their Trade thither I make no doubt but that they doe acknowledge his Lordship for the same with all thankfulnesse This Greeneland was first seene by Mr. Hudson who was countenanced by Sir Iohn Wolstenholme in his N E. coursaries There may be something objected against this passage which may with ease be answered and this Treatise better supplied but
Store of Furres August A huge Beare kild Allowance augmented Fogge in a strange straight Whales Tide from S. W. flowed 6. or 7. Fathams May 7. June The people bring Skinnes for trade They found them to have both skill and strength They gave them knives but not for that purpose Ores of blacke and red Copper Meaning the E. Sea and Fretum Dâ—â—â— Yet much desirous oâ—â—râ—â—e A Salvage â—aken Iuly He findes many passages but attempts none Saile more E. come home then Now Davis is coming home In 56. great store of Cod-fish Great skull of Fish 500. Seale skins May 19. Salt A Leake Trade to be had Iune This was the West side of Groynland Iuly It is to be vnderstood that these Darâ—s were headed with Vnicornâ— Horne 6. points W. of his coâ—â—se All this time he â—anged South-ward S. W. by W. full Sea Lâ—mleys Inlet August Darcies Ilâ— Comes to Hâ—â—sons Bay the â—â— of May. Vide Daviâ— These were formerly found and named by Davis Now was hee in the entrance of the passage Chidlies Isles bearing W by S halfe South Iuly This was upon the Southside of Davis his entrance into Cumberlands Isles A mutinie This cannot bee This doth not appeare that he could punish and yet suffer them to carry the ship backe July No such matter Here was Davis A whirlewind August Variation A great mistake It can be no other but Cape Farwell Two Currents A good harbour Great store of Pilchards Great Cannowes Salvage barter 13 Oyle let forth 18 Salvage assault 19 Denmarke Haven Iuly July A strange current A great Current August May. June Northerly Current variation 11 deg July Busse I le again discovered Current see S S W. A caveat for Commanders in Fleets Variation A Current Strong Current Daâ—is doth write of the same not farre from this place Sylver Myne August Raine Deere A King in Groynland He comes homeward Cape Christianus the next knowne part of Groenland September October 4. Iuly Longitude wrought in Cockings Sound Latit 65 deg 20. min. Master Hall slaine Deere footing A Caveat August So much Bâ—ffin September September September A Caveaâ— Their Pigmies are beasts Vnicornes fishes Pigmies countrey The Authors Voyage A little man dead A great mistake The Russ were the first that named this land Nova Zembla so Stephen Bâ—rrowes 1556. But this caÌ„not be Pigmies-land for that must ioyne or be neare to Groenland April May. Variation 48d Latit 57 d. 57 m Variation 14 d. 30. Dead Cowes Latitude 58 d. 3 min. Variation 24 d. June Latitude 56 d. Variat 20 and 24 deg Latitude 56 d. 48 min. Varâ—at 25 d. Lost his Rudâ—er His Ship bulâ—ed The Master other nâ—â—â—â— hard â—â—â— Salvage treâ—â—â—ry Saluages described Iune July Currant South ward An inforced shift to hang a Rudder Iuly They â—oder April May. Iune Greenland Davis his error but not beleeved Iuly The I le of Gods Mercy â— August Cape Digges Cape Worstenholme May. June 1. A warning See Weymare Discontents Iles of Gods Mercy Partridges Spring tydes carried the Ice to the N West Tide and ebbe Cape Digges Cape Worstenholme Deeâ—e Fowle hanged He lost sight of East-land A large Sea to South Michaelmas Bay The West most of Hadsons Bayes Footing of a Man Sâ—â— on â— Rocke November Henry Greenes condition Green beats the Surgion Greene practise of mischeif Miserable food A Medecinable bud A Salvage They trade Fishing A bill of returne Cheese shifted Wilson and Greene their â—reachery Hang or starve Sweare The Master bound King liked one Breaking chests open The names of those exposed into the Shallop Lost the Shalfor ever Sâ—ruâ—k upon a Roâ—k Found a great horne which they tooke to bee Sea Vâ—â—corne Set on â— Rock Salvages Salvage fowling Iuly Mores teeth and divers things Henry Greene. Ealvages trecherous Salvage had a knife Salvage slaine Gods judgement upon the trecherous Greene slaine The end of 4. wicked men Three hundâ—ed Fowles killed Fowles Bones fryed for meate Beare Haven in Ireland Arive at Plimouth Store of fowle in Iseland Inets mutinies Ivet displac'd Hudsons good nature August Iâ—e Diggs Port Nelson 3. Fathoms A Fovvle 80 Salvages in 2. Canons 5. men slaine * Not above a mile broad Something propounded to the company â— Variation 24. Variation 26. d. ½ Variation 30. d. Variation 22. d. Variation 22. d. Good advise Well guest Hubart Variation at Cape Farewell 11. deg Variâ—tion 29. d. â— great mistake Variation 3. points Variatin 3. d Variation 2. d. different Great in the Variations Long from London Latitude 6. d. 30. m. Variation 23. degrees as hee judged Variation 29 The Variation of this Ile 34. Hopes Checkt 60. d. 40. m. July Not certayne whether flood or ebbe at this time Began here to protract and finde whether it bee a Bay or meâ— 64. deg 30. m. Vt ukra not proved a Bay No course so named Lat. 62. d. 57m August And seene from the 31. untâ—ll this day August A good Bay to anchor in A land of fogge He named this Mancels Iland Lat. 61. d. 38. m. Dead mens skulls and bones August Ruines of houses and Canooes in Mansells Ile Images and Mans teeth Flood came from N. Flood came from the N. La. 62. d. 19 m La. 62. d. 38. m La. 62. d. 42. m No mention of Ice Sir Thomas Button doth allovv 2. points variation Mansells Ile Ca. Pembrok 10 Leagues distant Capt. Gibbons Set of Tyde But was deceived Half an hower A strong tyde Not so Not so The true Channell tyde Strong Tyde or 200. fathom No mole station of Ice in all his returne Lumleys Inlet Cap Labradore No molestation by Ice in al these Voyages returne Gibbons his Voyage a caveat for others Aprill May. Ice on Capes Farewell 140. Fathomes above water Puts into Ice 30. Leagues of Land Variation allowed Whitsunday Vrriation 24 June A good harbour in Resolution Flows 4. Fathomes Variation 24. d. 6. m. Lumleys Iulet 8. miles wide in the narowest Salvage Iles. Dogges 14. Salvages in one Canon Whalessinnes Images Dogsfurnitur Lattude 62. d. 32. m. Longitude 72. d. Variation 27. d. 30 m. A good Harbor 62. d. 40. m. Lat. S. E. full Sea Danger neare shore La. 63. d 26. Lon. 72. d. 25. m. Variati 27. d 46. m. Observaton for Longitude Mr. Rudston July Mill Ile La. 64 Flood Tyde from S E Ice drive with swiftnesle Danger neere shore Clock 7. high water 120. Fathome high ground The half tyde betweene Baffaime Cap. Comfort in 65 Lat 65. 25. Long from London 86. 10. Sea Horse Points Flood came from S E Bylot was with Thomas Button Swan I le August He sought no passage then September Vaâ—ia 26. d. March Groenland 6. 5 d. Groanlands wonder Ice Hope Saunderson June Groanland women Womens Iland 72. d. 45. m. A Channell 74. d. 4. m. Harbour 73. 45. m. Ice consumed Hee see many Sea Vnicornes July Sir Dudley Diggs Cape Lat. 76. 35. Wolstenholmes Sound Whales Sound 78. Variation 56.
being in despaire thereof never offered to attempt their freedome and therefore stayed there whereupon he travailed through the woods towards Dorgio the next Lord knew him and he was conveyed from one to another untill at length he came to Dorgio where he stayed three yeares and hearing of divers Boates that were arrived there he went to the sea side and asking of whence they were they said of Estotiland he being glad requested to be entertained by them and carried to their country which they gladly granted and used him for their Interpretor After that he frequented that trading with them and became very rich wherewith he furnished a barke returned into Friezeland and to his Lord made this report of that wealthy Country He is credited here for that the Mariners doe affirme his reports to be true wherefore this Lord is resolved to send me forth with a fleete toward these parts but it was not so for Zâ—chmni went himselfe and concerning their proceedings I have a Letter in forme following OVr preparation for Estotiland was begun in an unluckie houre for three dayes before our departure the Fisherman dyed that should have beene our guide notwithstanding this Lord would not give over the enterprise taking the Marriners that returned with him making our navigation to the Westward we discovered Ilands subject to Friesland and having passed certaine shelves we stayed at Ledovo 7. dayes The first of Iuly we arrived at Ilofe we stayed not there but had a veâ—ing storme at Sea for 8. dayes not knowing where we were a great part of their barkes were cast away the weather being faire they gathered up the pieces of broken barkes sayling on with prosperous wind they discovered land at W. They tooke harbour and an infinite company of armed men came to defend their Iland Zichmni makes signes of peace sends 10. men of ten severall languages but they could understand none but one that was of Iseland who informed them that the Ilands name was Icâ—ria named after the name of the first King of that place whom they say was sonne to Dedalus King of Scotland who conquered that Iland and left his sonne there for King and they called this Sea the Icarion Sea in remembrance of that King in further search was drowned there They would not suffer us to land but onely they would receive one man to learne the Jtalian tongue as they had received the other tenne He espying a harbour on the East side put therein for wood and water but the inhabitants assaults slew and maimed many of them enforcing them away and sayling about the Cape of the Iland towards the North we found many shoalds amongst the which we were ten dayes continually in danger of losing our whole fleete Zichmni seeing he could not prevaile against the force of the Ilands sailed 6. dayes towards the West but the wind changing into S. W. he sayled 4. dayes with wind a poope with a growne sea he discovers land not knowing what land and rowing to it with Oares they finde a good harbour and see farre off a Mountaine that cast forth smoake Zichmni sent forth an hundred Souldiers to search what people inhabited it the whiles he takes in wood and water catches great store of fish and Sea fowle with such aboundance of Egges that his men halfe famished were filled therewith this was in Iune the ayre so temperate pleasant as impossible to expresse They finde no people they name the haven Trine the Souldiers returning backe had bin through the Iland finds the fire naturall that the hils bottome produced and that there was a Spring which issued water like pitch and run into the Sea and that there dwelt a multitude of people of small stature hiding themselves in caves in the ground Zichmni taking liking to the soyle stayes there with such as were willing the rest he sent away in the ships wherein unwilling I was Captaine Anthonie sayles 20. dayes East without sight of any Land altering his course S. E. in 5. dayes he discovered Neome he knowing the Country had sailed past an Iland as he found he victuailed here the Iland being subiect to Zichmni And in 3. dayes he sailes to Friesland What followed after this Letter he knew not but by coniecture that Zich built a City and discovered on both sides of Engroneland and that he see it particularly described in the Sea carde but the narration is lost The beginning of his letter is thus COncerning these things that you desire to know of me as of their Manners and Customes of the Beasts and Countryes adioyning I haue made thereof a particular Booke which by Gods helpe I will bring with me wherein I have described the Country the monstrous Fishes the Lawes and Customes of Friesland Iseland Eastland the Kingdome of Norway Estotiland Dorgio an the end of the life of Mr. Nicolo with his discoverie and the state of Engroneland I have also written the Life and Acts of Zichmni a Prince as worthy of Immortall memory as any that ever lived for his great vigilancy and singular humanity Wherein I have described the discovery of Engroneland on both sides and the Citty he builded and further I hope to be with you very shortly to satisfie you by word of mouth All these Letters were written by Mr. Anthonie to Mr. Carlo his brother FOr the more credit and confirmation of the former History of Mr. Nichcolo and Mr. Anthonie which for some few respects may be called in question I have hereunto annexed the judgement of that Famous Cosmographer Abraham Ortelius or rather the yeilding or submitting of his judgment thereunto who in his Theatrum Ortis Fol. 6. next after the Mappe of Mar del Zur borroweth proofe and authority out of this Relation to shew that the N. E. part of America called Estotiland is in the Originall alwaies affirmed to be an Iland was about the yeere 1390. discovered by the foresaid Venetians and aboue 100. yeares before Columbus set sayle for these Westerne Regions and that the Northerne Seas were even then sailed by our Europian Pilates This writer acknowledging that Originall copies of the Zenijs Letters were by him careleslly torne in peeecâ— in his youth which losse he now grieued at I doubt in this he was enforced in many things to patch vp as his memorie would serve so as there may be some likelyhood of vntruths howsoever I doe beleeue the first Copies were true though this is subiect to mistakings To continue antiquity may be to some purpose seeing there may be some vse thereof by the painfull Seamen otherwise it may something satisfie the never satisfied Curious who enquire after the beginning of things and herein Mr. Hakeluits paines doth deserve great commendations who recordeth in his English Voyages That Madoc soone of Oween Guyneth Prince of North Wales left the Land in contention betweene his Brethren and prepared certaine ships with Men and Munition and sought adventures by Sea sailing West leaving the coast of